DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN...

184

Transcript of DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN...

Page 1: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 2: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 3: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA

BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH

Prepared by:

Town and Country Planning Department

Government of Himachal Pradesh

Mission Statement: Shaping Future

Consultant:

Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd., Gurugram

Page 4: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 5: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | i i

CONTENT Content ................................................................................................................................................... ii List of figures ......................................................................................................................................... vii List of tables ........................................................................................................................................... ix List of abbreviations ............................................................................................................................... xi EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..........................................................................................................................xiv

1. INTRODUCTION: GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA ......................................................................... 1

1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Planning Area .......................................................................................................................... 4 1.3 Administrative Set up .............................................................................................................. 5 1.4 Regional Linkages and Connectivity ........................................................................................ 6

1.4.1 By Air ............................................................................................................................... 6 1.4.2 By Rail .............................................................................................................................. 6 1.4.3 By Road ........................................................................................................................... 7

1.5 Historical Evolution – Bilaspur District .................................................................................... 7 1.6 Geographical Setting ............................................................................................................... 9

1.6.1 Geology ........................................................................................................................... 9 1.6.2 Topography ..................................................................................................................... 9 1.6.3 Soil character .................................................................................................................. 9 1.6.4 Climate .......................................................................................................................... 10 1.6.5 Rainfall .......................................................................................................................... 13 1.6.6 Flora and Fauna ............................................................................................................. 13

2. Demography .................................................................................................................................. 14 2.1 Population Distribution ......................................................................................................... 14 2.2 Population Density ................................................................................................................ 14 2.3 Growth Rate .......................................................................................................................... 14 2.4 Sex Ratio ................................................................................................................................ 15 2.5 Literacy Rate ......................................................................................................................... 15 2.6 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe Composition ............................................................. 15 2.7 Population Projection ........................................................................................................... 16 2.8 Settlement Pattern ............................................................................................................... 18

2.8.1 Urban Settlement Pattern in Ghumarwin Planning Area - Census 2001 and 2011 ...... 18

2.8.2 Rural Settlements in Ghumarwin Planning Area .......................................................... 18 3. Economy ........................................................................................................................................ 20

3.1 Economic Base ...................................................................................................................... 20 3.1.1 Work Participation Rate (WPR) ..................................................................................... 20

3.1.2 Main and Marginal Workers ......................................................................................... 21 3.2 Occupational Structure ......................................................................................................... 21

3.2.1 Primary Sector ............................................................................................................... 21 3.2.2 Secondary Sector .......................................................................................................... 21 3.2.3 Tertiary Sector ............................................................................................................... 22

3.3 Income structure ................................................................................................................... 22 3.4 Employment Generation ....................................................................................................... 23

4. TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION .................................................................................................. 24 4.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 24 4.2 Road Network ....................................................................................................................... 24

4.2.1 Primary Road Network .................................................................................................. 24 4.2.2 Secondary Road Network.............................................................................................. 24 4.2.3 Tertiary Road Network .................................................................................................. 24

Page 6: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | i i i

4.3 Road Inventory ...................................................................................................................... 26 4.4 Vehicle Growth ..................................................................................................................... 27 4.5 Public Transport and Routes ................................................................................................. 28

4.5.1 Roadways ...................................................................................................................... 28 4.5.2 Railways ........................................................................................................................ 28

4.6 Traffic Studies ....................................................................................................................... 30 4.6.1 Average Annual Daily Traffic ......................................................................................... 30 4.6.2 Traffic Composition ....................................................................................................... 31 4.6.3 Trip Purpose .................................................................................................................. 31 4.6.4 Travel Pattern ................................................................................................................ 31 4.6.5 Traffic Growth Rates ..................................................................................................... 31

4.7 Traffic Forecast...................................................................................................................... 32 4.8 Observations and Recommendations ................................................................................... 32

5. Housing ......................................................................................................................................... 34 5.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 34 5.2 Household Size ...................................................................................................................... 34 5.3 Housing Typology .................................................................................................................. 34 5.4 Condition of housing ............................................................................................................. 35 5.5 Age of Structure .................................................................................................................... 35 5.6 Structure use ......................................................................................................................... 35 5.7 Type of structures ................................................................................................................. 36 5.8 Building material used for construction ............................................................................... 36 5.9 Housing Size & Dwelling Rooms ............................................................................................ 36 5.10 No. of Stories ......................................................................................................................... 37

5.11 Ownership Status .................................................................................................................. 37 5.12 Housing Need ........................................................................................................................ 37

6. Physical Infrastructure .................................................................................................................. 39 6.1 Water Supply ......................................................................................................................... 39

6.1.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation ................................................................... 39 6.1.2 Service Level Benchmarking .......................................................................................... 41 6.1.3 Key Issues & challenges ................................................................................................ 42 6.1.4 Development Strategies ................................................................................................ 42 6.1.5 Proposed Water Supply Projects .................................................................................. 43

6.2 Sewerage System .................................................................................................................. 43 6.2.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation ................................................................... 44 6.2.2 Service Level Benchmarking .......................................................................................... 45 6.2.3 Key Issues & challenges ................................................................................................ 45 6.2.4 Development Strategies ................................................................................................ 45 6.2.5 Proposed Sewerage System Projects ............................................................................ 46

6.3 Storm Water Drainage Network ........................................................................................... 47 6.3.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation ................................................................... 47 6.3.2 Service Level Benchmarking .......................................................................................... 47 6.3.3 Key Issues & challenges ................................................................................................ 48 6.3.4 Development Strategies ................................................................................................ 49 6.3.5 Proposed Projects ......................................................................................................... 50

6.4 Solid Waste Management ..................................................................................................... 51 6.4.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation ................................................................... 51 6.4.2 Service Level Benchmarking .......................................................................................... 52 6.4.3 Issues and Concerns ...................................................................................................... 52 6.4.4 Key Takeaways and Future requirement ...................................................................... 53 6.4.5 Proposed Solid Waste Management Projects .............................................................. 54

Page 7: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | i v

6.5 Power .................................................................................................................................... 54 6.5.1 Existing Situation ........................................................................................................... 54 6.5.2 Electricity Demand Forecasting .................................................................................... 56 6.5.3 Key Assumptions in Demand Forecasting Study ........................................................... 56 6.5.4 Expansion Proposal ....................................................................................................... 57 6.5.5 Planning Criteria ............................................................................................................ 58 6.5.6 Design Standards & Codes ............................................................................................ 58 6.5.7 System Parameters ....................................................................................................... 59 6.5.8 Design Assumption ....................................................................................................... 60 6.5.9 External Illumination System ........................................................................................ 60

6.6 Telecommunication System .................................................................................................. 61 7. SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................................................................................. 62

7.1 Educational Facilities ............................................................................................................. 62 7.2 Healthcare Facilities .............................................................................................................. 63 7.3 Public & Semi-Public Facilities ............................................................................................... 66

7.3.1 Anganwadi .................................................................................................................... 66 7.3.2 Police Station ................................................................................................................ 66 7.3.3 Fire Station/Post ............................................................................................................ 66

7.3.4 Disaster Management Cell ............................................................................................ 67 7.3.5 Banking Facility ............................................................................................................. 67 7.3.6 Commercial Facility ....................................................................................................... 67 7.3.7 Post office & Telecommunication ................................................................................. 67 7.3.8 Community Centre ........................................................................................................ 67

7.4 Socio-Cultural Facilities ......................................................................................................... 68

7.5 Distributive Facilities ............................................................................................................. 68 7.6 Other Facilities ...................................................................................................................... 68

7.6.1 Institutional and Religious facilities .............................................................................. 68 7.6.2 Cremation/ Burial Ground and Cemetery ...................................................................... 68

7.6.3 Sports and Recreation ................................................................................................... 68 7.6.4 Cluster Level Recreational Spaces ................................................................................. 69 7.6.5 City Level Recreational Spaces ...................................................................................... 69

8. Environment & Disaster Management ......................................................................................... 70 8.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 70 8.2 Forest Cover .......................................................................................................................... 70

8.2.1 Conservation of forest cover......................................................................................... 70 8.3 Air Quality ............................................................................................................................. 70

8.3.1 Air Pollution control measures ..................................................................................... 71 8.4 Water Quality ........................................................................................................................ 71

8.4.1 Conservation of Water-bodies ...................................................................................... 72

8.4.2 Rain Water Harvesting .................................................................................................. 73 8.5 Natural Hazards and Disasters .............................................................................................. 73

8.5.1 Hazard Profile of Bilaspur.............................................................................................. 73 8.5.2 Vulnerability Profile of Bilaspur .................................................................................... 74

8.7 Disaster Management Strategy ............................................................................................ 76 9. Tourism ......................................................................................................................................... 77

9.1 Tourism in Ghumarwin Planning Area .................................................................................. 77 9.2 Natural Tourism .................................................................................................................... 77 9.3 Religious Tourism .................................................................................................................. 78 9.4 Cultural Tourism .................................................................................................................... 80 9.5 Tourism Potential .................................................................................................................. 80

9.5.1 Natural Tourism ............................................................................................................ 81

Page 8: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | v

9.6 Tourism Prospect .................................................................................................................. 81 10. SWOT............................................................................................................................................. 83 11. Development Proposal.................................................................................................................. 84

11.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 84 11.2 Pedestrian friendly neighbourhoods .................................................................................... 84 11.3 Growth Node I: Industrial Node ............................................................................................ 84

11.4 Growth Node II and III: Multi facility node............................................................................ 85

11.5 Growth Node IV: Cultural node ............................................................................................. 85

11.7 Definitions of linear development ........................................................................................ 87 11.7.1 Linear growth ................................................................................................................ 87 11.7.2 Ribbon growth............................................................................................................... 87 11.7.3 Difference between them ............................................................................................. 88

11.8 Development Strategies........................................................................................................ 88 11.8.1 Linear development strategies ..................................................................................... 88 11.8.2 Integrated housing neighbourhoods ............................................................................ 89

12. LandUse ......................................................................................................................................... 92 12.1 Land Use Classification .......................................................................................................... 92 12.2 Existing Land Use Plans ......................................................................................................... 93

12.2.1 Residential Use .............................................................................................................. 93 12.2.2 Commercial Use ............................................................................................................ 93 12.2.3 Public and Semi Public Use ........................................................................................... 93 12.2.4 Parks and Open Spaces ................................................................................................. 94 12.2.5 Traffic and Transportation Use ..................................................................................... 94 12.2.6 Primary Activity ............................................................................................................. 94 12.2.7 Water Bodies Use .......................................................................................................... 94

12.3 Land Allocation Mechanism .................................................................................................. 95 12.4 Proposed Land Use Plan........................................................................................................ 96

12.4.1 Residential Use .............................................................................................................. 96 12.4.2 Commercial Use ............................................................................................................ 96 12.4.3 Mixed Use ..................................................................................................................... 96 12.4.4 Industry Use .................................................................................................................. 96 12.4.5 Public and Semi Public Use ........................................................................................... 96 12.4.1 Recreational Use ........................................................................................................... 97 12.4.2 Traffic and Transportation Use ..................................................................................... 97

13. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONs, BUILDING BYE-LAWS AND PROCEDURE OF PLAN

SANCTION ............................................................................................................................................. 99 13.1 Objective of the Regulation .................................................................................................. 99 13.2 Jurisdiction of Regulations .................................................................................................... 99 13.3 Applicability of Regulations................................................................................................. 101

13.3.1 New Development and Re-development .................................................................... 101

13.3.2 Part Construction ........................................................................................................ 101 13.3.3 Re-construction ........................................................................................................... 101

13.3.4 Existing approved building .......................................................................................... 101 13.4 Development Permission .................................................................................................... 101 13.5 Building Permission ............................................................................................................. 102

13.5.1 Building Permission ..................................................................................................... 102 13.5.2 Grant, Refusal and Deemed to be Sanctioned ............................................................ 103

13.6 Already permitted buildings ............................................................................................... 103 13.7 Procedure for obtaining Permission ................................................................................... 103

13.7.1 Application .................................................................................................................. 103 13.7.2 Documents Required .................................................................................................. 104

Page 9: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | v i

13.8 General Regulations ............................................................................................................ 105 13.8.1 Setbacks ...................................................................................................................... 109 13.8.2 Building Height ............................................................................................................ 109 13.8.3 Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio ...................................................................... 110 13.8.4 Cellar ........................................................................................................................... 112 13.8.5 Regulations for Services .............................................................................................. 113

13.9 Development Control Regulations ...................................................................................... 113 13.9.1 Residential Buildings ................................................................................................... 113 13.9.2 Commercial Buildings .................................................................................................. 114 13.9.3 Public-Semi Public Buildings (PSP) ............................................................................... 116

13.9.4 Industrial Buildings ...................................................................................................... 116 13.9.5 Other Regulations ....................................................................................................... 117 13.9.6 Relaxations .................................................................................................................. 118

13.10 Special Area Regulations ..................................................................................................... 118 13.10.1 Mixed Land Use ........................................................................................................... 118

13.11 Risk Based Classification of Buildings .................................................................................. 118 13.12 Monitoring of Construction ................................................................................................ 119 13.13 Change of Land Use............................................................................................................. 120 13.14 Regulations for Land Pooling and Re-constitution of Plots ................................................. 120

13.15 Sub-Division of Land Regulations ........................................................................................ 121

13.16 Regulations of prescribed limits for development activities exempted under Section 30-A of

the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 (Act No. 12 of 1977) ....................... 123

13.17 Zoning Regulations .............................................................................................................. 124 13.17.1 RESIDENTIAL USE ZONE (R) ......................................................................................... 125

13.17.2 COMMERCIAL USE ZONE (C) ....................................................................................... 126

13.17.3 MIXED USE ZONE (M) .................................................................................................. 127

13.17.4 INDUSTRIAL USE ZONE (I) ............................................................................................ 127

13.17.5 PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC USE ZONE (PS) ................................................................... 128

13.17.6 RECREATIONAL USE ZONE (R) ..................................................................................... 129

13.17.7 TRANSPORT USE ZONE (T) ........................................................................................... 129

13.17.8 PRIMARY ACTIVITY/AGRICULTURE USE ZONE (PA) ...................................................... 130

13.17.9 PROTECTED AND UNDEVELOPABLE USE ZONE(E) ....................................................... 130

13.17.10 ABADI DEH................................................................................................................... 132 14. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION............................................................................................................. 133

14.1 Planning Perspective ........................................................................................................... 133 14.2 Phasing ................................................................................................................................ 133 14.3 Costing ................................................................................................................................ 135 14.4 Financing ............................................................................................................................. 140 14.5 Implementation .................................................................................................................. 140

15. BIBLIOGRAPHY ............................................................................................................................ 142

Page 10: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | v i i

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1: Ghumarwin Planning Area .................................................................................................... 1

Figure 1-2: Location of Ghumarwin Planning Area ................................................................................. 2

Figure 1-3: Administrative Set up of Ghumarwin Planning Area ............................................................ 6

Figure 1-4: Historical Map of Bilaspur Region ......................................................................................... 8

Figure 1-5: Monthly climate – Ghumarwin ............................................................................................ 12

Figure 1-6: Elevation Map - Ghumarwin Planning Area ........................................................................ 13

Figure 1-7 :Slope Map - Ghumarwin Planning Area ............................................................................. 14 Figure 1-8: Annual Rainfall – Bilaspur District ....................................................................................... 13

Figure 2-1: Population Projections for Ghumarwin Planning Area by five different methods ............. 16

Figure 2-2: Population Density .............................................................................................................. 17

Figure 2-3: Distribution of Rural Settlements by Size of Population, 2011 ........................................... 18

Figure 2-4: Proposed Settlement Pattern ............................................................................................. 19

Figure 3-1: Worker Distribution– Ghumarwin Planning Area................................................................ 20

Figure 3-2: Sector wise workforce distribution ..................................................................................... 22

Figure 3-3: Income Structure ................................................................................................................ 22

Figure 4-1: Road Network in the Planning Area .................................................................................... 25

Figure 4-2: Annual Vehicle Registration in Ghumarwin Planning Area ................................................. 27

Figure 4-3: Average Annual Vehicle Registration .................................................................................. 27

Figure 4-4: Public Transport Routes – Ghumarwin Planning Area ........................................................ 29

Figure 5-1 Age of Structure in Planning Area ....................................................................................... 35

Figure 5-2: Condition of Houses ............................................................................................................ 35

Figure 5-3: Type of Structures ............................................................................................................... 35

Figure 5-4: Material of Walls ................................................................................................................. 36

Figure 5-5: Material of Roof .................................................................................................................. 36

Figure 5-6: Ownership Status ................................................................................................................ 37

Figure 5-7: Dwelling Unit Size................................................................................................................ 37

Figure 6-1: Existing Water Supply ......................................................................................................... 39

Figure 6-2: Intensity-Duration Curve ..................................................................................................... 49

Figure 7-1: Ownership of School Education facilities ............................................................................ 62

Figure 7-2: Distribution of School Education facilities within Ghumarwin Planning Area .................... 62

Figure 7-3 Educational & Healthcare Facilities in Ghumarwin Planning Area ...................................... 64

Figure 8-1: Overall vulnerability map of Himachal Pradesh .................................................................. 75

Figure 9-1: Maa Hari Devi Temple ......................................................................................................... 78

Figure 9-2: Baba Basandi Temple .......................................................................................................... 78

Figure 9-3: Baba Balak Nath .................................................................................................................. 78

Figure 9-4:Naina Devi Temple ............................................................................................................... 79

Figure 9-5:Sohni Devi ............................................................................................................................ 79

Figure 9-6: Bachhretu Fort .................................................................................................................... 79

Figure 9-7: Bhakra Dam ......................................................................................................................... 80

Figure 9-8: Location Map – Places of Interest in Bilaspur district ......................................................... 80

Figure 9-9: Wrestling Ground …………………………….…………………………………………………………………….....…80

Figure 11-1: Growth Nodes Location……………………………………………………………………..…………………………85

Figure 11-2: Detail of Growth Node II………………………………………………………………………….……………………86

Figure 11-3: Detail of Growth node III ……………………………………………………………………………………………..86

Page 11: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | v i i i

Figure 11-4: Detail of Growth node IV .................................................................................................. 87

Figure 11-5: Detail of Growth node V…………………………………................................................................88

Figure 12-1: Existing Land Use Distribution .......................................................................................... 95

Figure 12-2: Proposed Land Use Distribution of Ghumarwin Planning Area ....................................... 99

Page 12: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | i x

LIST OF TABLES Table 1-1: Planning Area Profile .............................................................................................................. 4

Table 2-1: Population Distribution ........................................................................................................ 14

Table 2-2: Population Density ............................................................................................................... 14

Table 2-3: Decadal Growth Rate ........................................................................................................... 14

Table 2-4: Sex Ratio ............................................................................................................................... 15

Table 2-5: Literacy Rate ......................................................................................................................... 15

Table 2-6: Distribution of Scheduled caste and Scheduled Tribes ........................................................ 15

Table 2-7: Projected Population for Ghumarwin Planning Area ........................................................... 16

Table 2-8: Distribution of Rural Settlements by Size of Population, 2011 ............................................ 18

Table 3-1: Work Participation Rate ....................................................................................................... 20

Table 3-2: Proposed Occupational Classification for Ghumarwin (2035) ............................................. 23

Table 4-1: Road Length in the Planning Area ........................................................................................ 26

Table 4-2: Road length – As per Type .................................................................................................... 26

Table 4-3: PWD Road Length ................................................................................................................. 26

Table 4-4: Annual Vehicular Growth ..................................................................................................... 28

Table 4-5: Average Annual Daily Traffic (of 12 Hours) at Count Locations ........................................... 30

Table 4-6: Projected Normal/Total Traffic AADT (PCU) ......................................................................... 32

Table 5-1: Households in the Planning Area in Decadal Years .............................................................. 34

Table 5-2: Housing Forecast .................................................................................................................. 37

Table 5-3: Year wise Housing Need ....................................................................................................... 38

Table 6-1: Total Water Demand and Gap ............................................................................................. 40

Table 6-2: Water Treatment Demand ................................................................................................... 41

Table 6-3: Service Level Benchmarking for Water Supply System (2015-2035) .................................... 42

Table 6-4: Sewerage Generation and Gap ............................................................................................ 44

Table 6-5: Sewerage Generation and Gap ............................................................................................ 44

Table 6-6: Service Level Benchmarking for Sewerage and Sanitation (2015-2035) .............................. 45

Table 6-7: Service Level Benchmarking for Storm water Drainage System (2015-2035) ...................... 48

Table 6-8: Solid Waste Generation and Gap ......................................................................................... 52

Table 6-9: Service Level Benchmarking for Solid Waste Management (2015-2035) ............................ 52

Table 6-10: Existing Power Distribution in Ghumarwin Planning Area ................................................. 54

Table 6-11: Consumers Details, FY-2015-16 .......................................................................................... 55

Table 6-12: Scheduled and Unscheduled Outages................................................................................ 55

Table 6-13: Energy Unit Basis ................................................................................................................ 56

Table 6-14: Energy Sale Basis ................................................................................................................ 57

Table 6-15: Power Consumption Basis .................................................................................................. 57

Table 6-16: Area Under 33/11kV Naswal Substation (Ghumarwin-I & II Electrical Sub-Division) ......... 57

Table 6-17: Area Under 33/11kV Kandraur Substation (Kandraur Electrical Sub-Division) ................... 57

Table 6-18: Standard System Voltage ................................................................................................... 59

Table 6-19: Safety Clearances ............................................................................................................... 59

Table 6-20: Voltage Regulations ........................................................................................................... 59

Table 6-21: Tap Details for Power and Distribution Transformer ......................................................... 59

Table 6-22: Demand Losses in various elements of Power System (% of kW Generation) ................... 59

Table 6-23: Details of Street Light Coverage ......................................................................................... 60

Table 6-24: Technical Details of Road Lighting System ......................................................................... 61

Page 13: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x

Table 7-1: Future demand for Educational Institutes ........................................................................... 62

Table 7-2: Future demand for Healthcare Institutes............................................................................. 65

Table 7-3: Public & Semi-Public Facilities and its comparison with URDPFI guidelines ........................ 66

Table 7-4: Future demand for other community facilities .................................................................... 68

Table 8-1: SO2, NO2 and RSM concentration and comparison with CPCB Air Quality standards ......... 71

Table 8-2: Water Quality Assessment of Govind Sagar during April 2013- March, 2015 ..................... 71

Table 8-3: Water Quality Standards ...................................................................................................... 72

Table 8-4: District Wise Vulnerability Matrix ........................................................................................ 74

Table 9-1 Accommodation facilities in Bilaspur district ........................................................................ 81

Table 12-1: Land use Classification ....................................................................................................... 92

Table 12-2: Existing Land Use Distribution, 2015 .................................................................................. 94

Table 12-3: Proposed Land Use Distribution, 2035 ............................................................................... 97

Table 13-1: Components of Ghumarwin Planning Area ....................................................................... 99

Table 13-2: Colouring of Plans ............................................................................................................ 104

Table 13-3: Clearances from Electric Supply Lines .............................................................................. 113

Table 13-4: Residential Building Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area ........ 113

Table 13-5: Commercial building Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area ....... 114

Table 13-6: PSP Building Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area .................... 116

Table 13-7: Industrial Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area......................... 117

Table 13-8: Risk Based Classification of Buildings for Ghumarwin Planning Area .............................. 119

Table 14-1 Phasing of Planning Proposals .......................................................................................... 134

Table 14-2: Summary of Infrastructure Cost ....................................................................................... 135

Table 14-3: Summary of Cost of Widening of NH- 103 ....................................................................... 136

Table 14-4: Phase-wise Costing of Development ................................................................................ 137

Table 14-5: Phase-wise Costing of Widening of NH-103 ..................................................................... 138

Page 14: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x i

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

% percent

ASI Archaeological Survey of India

AGiSAC Aryabhatta Geo Informatics Space Application Centre

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

BMO Block Medical Office

BIS Bureau of Indian Standard

CBSE Central Board of Secondary Education

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CBWTFs Common Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facilities

CD Block Community Development Block

CFL Compact Fluorescent Lamp

CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation

DPF Demarcated Protected Forest

DHE Department of Higher Education

DTCA Department of Tourism and Civil Aviation

DSP Deputy Superintendent of Police

DO Dissolved Oxygen

ft feet

GIS Geographic Information System

GoHP Government of Himachal Pradesh

GP Gram Panchayat

GDDP Gross District Domestic Product

GDP Gross Domestic Product

GSDP Gross State Domestic Product

GEC-97 Groundwater Resource Estimation Committee - 1997

HFW Health and Family Welfare Department

HGV Heavy Goods Vehicles

Ha Hectare

HFL High Flood Level

HPIPH Himachal Pradesh Irrigation and Public Health Department

HPSEBL Himachal Pradesh State Electricity BoardLimited

HPSPCB Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board

HPTCP Act Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act

HRTC Himachal Road Transport Corporation

HH Household

I.C.A.R Indian Council of Agricultural Research

IRC Indian Road Congress

ITI Industrial Training Institute

INR International Normalised Ratio IPH Dept. Irrigation and Public Health Department

km kilometre

KVA Kilovolt-Ampere

KWh Kilowatt-Hour

Page 15: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x i i

L.U.P. Land Use Planning

LOS Level of Service

LWSS Lift Water Supply Scheme

LED Light Emitting Diode

LMV Light Motor Vehicle

lpcd litres per capita per day

MDR Major District Road

msl mean sea level

MW Mega Watt

m metres

MT Metric Tonne

MSME Micro Small and Medium Enterprises

mg/l Milligram/litre

mm millimetre

MLD Million Litres per Day

MoDWS Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation

N.B.S.S. National Bureau of Soil Survey

NH National Highway

NHAI National Highway Authority of India

NIDM National Institute of Disaster Management

NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre

NRDWP National Rural Drinking Water Programme

NDDP Net District Domestic Product

NDP Net Domestic Product

NSDP Net State Domestic Product

NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide

NAC Notified Area Council

O-D Origin - Destination

ODR Other District Road

PRI Panchayati Raj Institution

PM Particulate Matter

ppm parts per million

PCU Passenger Car Unit

PCI Per Capita Income

pph persons per hectare

PWS Piped Water Scheme

PCCs Pollution Control Committee

PMGSY Pradhan Mantri Gram Sarak Yojana

PWD Public Works Department

RFP Request for Proposal

RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

ROW Right of Way

SC Scheduled Caste

ST Scheduled Tribe

sq.km. square kilometre

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

Page 16: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x i i i

SH SHO

State Highway Station House Officer

SDM Sub-Divisional Magistrate

SO2 Sulphur Dioxide

SPM Suspended Particulate Matters

TCP Town and Country Planning

TCPD Town and Country Planning Department

TD Town Directory

UT Union Territory

UN United Nations

UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation

UGC University Grant Commission

URDPFI Urban and Regional Development, Planning, Formulation and Implementation Guidelines

VD Village Directory

V/C Volume/Capacity

VSPL Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

WSS Water Supply and Sanitation

WPR Work Participation Rate

WHO World Health Organisation

Page 17: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x i v

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. Introduction

Ghumarwin Planning Area is located in Bilaspur district of Himachal Pradesh. The district is bounded

by Hamirpur District in the north, Una district in the North-west, Punjab in the south-west, Solan

district in the south-east and Mandi district in the north-east. The Planning Area is located along the

NH - 103 which connects the state capital Shimla with Kangra district via Jukhala, Hamirpur, Bhawan

till the NH -20 junction at Ghurkari. The SH – 19 originating at Ghumarwin town connects

Jogindernagar in Mandi district via Sarkaghat. Other arterial roads and village/ link roads provide

access to the rest of the settlements.

Ghumarwin town is a main business centre of Bilaspur district and it comprises of most of the

population of the District. Thousands of pilgrims/ tourists visit Ghumarwin while going towards

Jawalamukhi, Dharamshala and Chintpurni etc.

The Ghumarwin Planning Area has 50 revenue Mohals out of which 11 revenue Mohals, namely

Ghumarwin, Kalyana, Tikri, Ratehal (completely) & Baddu, Patta, Silh, Loharwin, Barota, Dakri and

Panol i.e. four complete & seven partly Mohals are notified under the administration of the Municipal

Council Ghumarwin and partly under the Gram Panchayat adminstration. Rest of 39 revenue Mohals

i.e. one completely (Mohal Sashan) and 38 partly are also under the Gram Panchayat administration. The Planning Area has a population of 13,726 which is distributed over 1303.77 Ha.

2. Demography

As per the Census of India, the population of Ghumarwin Planning Areain 2011 is 13,726 against 8,048

in 1991 and 10,814 in 2001. ThePlanning Area has a population density of 10.73 pph and majority of

the population is concentrated around Ghumarwin Municipal Council. As per Census of India 2011,

the decadal growth rate of Ghumarwin Planning Area is 26.9 % which is higher than the state and

district i.e. 12.9 % and 12 % respectively.

Ghumarwin Planning Area has a sex ratio of 996and literacy rate of 89.5% as per Census of India, 2011. The Planning Area has 24.6 % Scheduled Caste and 0.85 % Scheduled Tribe population according to

the Census of India, 2011.

It is projected that Ghumarwin M.C. Areawould have a population of 15,006 (57.6%) and the area

Outside M.C. Area would have a population of 11,042 (42.4%) by the horizon year 2035. The total

population of GhumarwinPlanning Areaby 2035 is estimated to be 26,048.

3. Economy

The Work Participation Rate of Ghumarwin Planning is 48 % as per Census of India, 2011 and majority

of the workers (54 %) are engaged in the tertiary sector activities followed by primary and secondary

sector. Considering that the Development Plan - 2035 will boost the economic activities within the

Planning Area and create more opportunities for work. The Planning Area will have a substantially

higher WPR i.e. 53 % till 2035. Thus, the worker population in 2035 will be 13,805. To boost the

secondary sector, agro-based and light and service industries have been proposed in the Planning

Area.

Page 18: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x v

4. Traffic and Transportation

GhumarwinPlanning Area is well connected with all the important towns and city via the NH - 103 and

SH -19. The total existing road length is 60.81kmand buses are the main mode of public transport. As

per the current traffic scenario, about 17,309 PCUs pass through Ghumarwin Planning Area which is

expected to increase 2.5 times to 43,738 PCUs by the horizon year 2035. In order to cater to the

increased traffic demand, the following recommendations are made:

Two bypasses has been proposed one from Chota Bhager bus stop to Kalri connecting Khurari,

Chibrin, Tarantara, Bharota, Loharwin Bus Stop, Matwana, Soi, Marhot villages of 24-25 m

RoW and another from Awadhani to Patta via Baddu of 15 m RoW. A new proposed road from veterinary hospital behind SDM office to existing IPH road with an

RoW of 12 m

Widening of IPH Chowk road till the temple from 3 m to 9 m.

9 m wide Road proposed from SH-19 through Proposed Bus Terminal till Proposed Bhager-Kalri Bypass road.

5. Housing

There are 3,051 households with an average household size of 4.5 in the Planning Area. Out of the

total houses in the Planning Area, considering the type of structure,nearly 83% houses are permanent,

16% are semi-permanent and only 1% is temporary and considering the condition of structure, nearly

76% houses are good, 23.5% houses are liveable and only 0.5% is dilapidated. Thus, there is housing

shortage of only 50 houses in the Planning Area.

The demand of housing in the year 2035 is calculated on the basis of projected population, household

size and current housing shortage which is estimated to be 2,788.

6. Physical Infrastructure

The Irrigation and Public Health (I&PH) Department of Himachal Pradesh supply water to all the

domestic and commercial establishments in Ghumarwin Planning Area. 1.10 MLD water is supplied to

all rural settlements in the Planning Area. A look at the total water demand indicates the extent of the

shortage of potable water supplies in Planning Area. Even by taking the population of base year 2015

total water demand is estimated to be about 3.20 MLD whereas supply is 1.10 MLD through existing

Hand Pumps, Lift and Combined water supply scheme which is not matching the requirement of 2015. The water demand up to year 2025 and 2035 has been calculated at 4.10 MLD and 5.27 MLD

respectively and additional 1.00 MLD capacity of water treatment plant is needed after 2025.

Presently, only Ghumarwin MC Area has centralised sewerage system in the entire Planning Area. As

per the estimation made by MC, 872 connections would be provided in the MC area. Projected

generation for 2035 will be 4.19 MLD and currently 1.20 MLD of sewage is being treated. For proper

faecal waste management, the entire Planning Area should have 100% sewerage coverage with

decentralized sewage treatment facility.

Ghumarwin Planning Area is almost a flat area (slope <10%) where provision of drainage is very

important for draining out the storm water to near-by natural inlets to avoid water logging. The

Page 19: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x v i

Planning Area has 60.81 km of road, out of which 58.30 km of road has drains (i.e., 95.86%). On the

other hand, only 30.50 km of the drain (i.e., 52.32%) is only pucca remaining 47.68% is kutcha.

Storm water Drainage (SWD) system should designed as a separate system to carry storm water by

gravity for the entire project area with a certain gradient, to create a self-cleansing velocity. All the

primary storm water drains should be designed to have a capacity to carry the total discharge of all

secondary and tertiary storm water drains. Regular and proper operation and maintenance of

drainage facility is essential to function, so that storm water is efficiently conveyed up to disposal

point. Detailed Master Plan for Storm Water Drainage system and Flood Management is required for

further detailed assessment and solution of drainage proposal.

Presently, there is no solid waste management system in the Planning Area except in the Ghumarwin

Municipal Council. The solid waste is dumped in the ground in a regular interval in outside M.C. areas

whereas within M.C. Area, the solid waste is collected and disposed at the landfill site. The horizon

period of 2035, the main goal for solid waste management is to 100% management of solid wastes

with proper segregation and treatment along with transfer station(s).

The power supply is supplied in Ghumarwin Planning Area by the Himachal Pradesh State Electricity

Board Limited (HPSEBL). The HPSEBL has three sub-divisions within the Planning Area, namely

Ghumarwin-I, Ghumarwin-II and Kandraur. The power supply of Ghumarwin Planning Area is being

managed from (1X5+1x4) mVA 33/11kV Substation at Naswal & (2x6.3) mVA, 33/11kV Substation at

Kandraur. The estimated power requirement of entire Planning Area till 2035is 14.48 MW, out of

which, 12.28MW is proposed to be feed from 33/11kV Naswal Substation and 2.19MW from 33/11kV

Kandraur Substation.

The estimated power requirement of entire Planning Area till 2035 is 14.48MW, out of which,

12.28MW is proposed to be feed from 33/11kV Naswal Substation & 2.19MW from 33/11kV Kandraur

Substation. With reference to the data received from HPSEBL, the total capacity of primary 33/11kV

Naswal Substation & 33/11kV Kandraur Substation is 9MVA & 12.6MVA respectively. These

substations feed the entire Ghumarwin town including the Planning Area. The secondary distribution

transformers capacity is 6697kVA in the Planning Area. To meet the additional power requirement till

2035, the addition of new 33/11kV Substation (to bifurcate the load of existing 33/11kV Naswal

Substation), addition and augmentation of secondary substation with addition/ bifurcation/ upgradation of subsequent distribution networks shall be required in Ghumarwin Planning Area. In

order to keep the utility abreast of the desired reforms and re-structuring, its Distribution system is

being revamped by bifurcation of such feeders.

7. Social Infrastructure

Ghumarwin is well established in terms of imparting the primary and higher education in the district. There is a requirement to increase the number of pre-primary in order to meet the requirements. Even though, there is a Government hospital at Ghumarwin, the levels of lower order medical facilities

are inadequate in the Planning Area. There is a police station, a fire post, one disaster management

cell, adequate number of post offices and banking facilities in the Planning Area.

Page 20: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x v i i

The Planning Are lacks in open spaces. There is only one ground in the entire Planning Area were the

Nalwari festival is held every year. There is a need to provide more gardens, parksand playgrounds in

the area.

Even though the main commercial activities are located along the National Highway-103 in the

Planning Area.The existing commercial facilities are not adequate for catering the needs of the people. Therefore, there is a requirement of one more commercial centre in Ghumarwin Planning Area. 8. Environment and Disaster Management

Ghumarwin Planning Area constitutes around 28.31 Ha of area under Demarcated Protected Forest

i.e 2.17 % of the total Planning Area. The air has higher levels of NO2 and RSPM are than the

permissible limits due the National Highway passing through the Planning Area. However, the quality

of water is good. Even though the disaster vulnerability of Bilaspur is medium, disaster mitigation

measures for earthquake, landslide and flash flood have been suggested in the Development Plan. 9. Tourism

Ghumarwin Planning Area has very less tourism attraction as few temples of regional and historical

importance and some natural picturesque landscape. There are some other places also having natural,

cultural and historical importance. The popular tourist attraction sites are located outside the Planning

Area but the Planning Area also have unexplored sites that can be developed as tourist destination

within the Planning Area. In terms of tourism infrastructure, majority of the hotels and rest houses

are existing in Bilaspur as it is a district administrative headquarter. There are only 4 Travel Agencies

in Bilaspur district and all of them are located in Bilaspur.

The Planning Area has a lot of potential to be developed as a site for eco-tourism. As discussed earlier,

the villages situated within the Planning Area have potential for rural based eco-tourism but as these

destinations are not identified and lacking in facilities like accommodation, tourist information

centers, marketing and branding and other tourist related facilities. It has potential to become an ideal

weekend gateway. Besides this, a number of hotels are coming up along the national highway (NH-103) connecting Shimla to Kangra via Bilaspur and Ghumarwin, therefore, some recreational activities

such as Himachal Haat that shall promote the local art and culture of Himachal and Botanical Park

equipped with activity gym equipment for passer-by to hold for a while, relax and move further to

their destination.

10. SWOT

The strength of Ghumarwin Planning Area include its strategic location between two important towns,

Bilaspur (18 km) and Hamirpur (40 km) and its connectivity with other parts of the state and country

through NH 103, SH 19 and MDR. Ghumarwin is a Tehsil and Block Headquarter as well as a major

service centre along with a vibrant trade town of Bilaspur district. The presence of ITI, degree colleges

and other educational institutes makes it the educational hub of the region.

The major weakness of Ghumarwin Planning Area is no impetus for economic growth or job creation,

very less potential in tourism sector and lack of adequate recreational facilities.

The opportunities for the Planning Area are food processing and Bio technology are the identified

potential sectors by Government of Himachal Pradesh. Based on the available raw material in the

surrounding regions and the well-developed road network there is ample scope for development of

Page 21: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x v i i i

these two sectors within the Planning Area. Local level tourism activities can be promoted through

river front development along Seer Khad, promoting the Akhadas and related activities and by

providing a platform for sale and display of local handicraft.

The threats which may hinder the future development of the Planning Area are linear form of the

Planning Area is leading ribbon development along the whole stretch if adequate planning measures

along with strict DCRs are not implemented. People are not willing to come under the purview of any

development control regulations.

11. Development Proposals

The profile of the Ghumarwin Planning Area is very unique in nature and cannot be planned in the

conventional manner. In view of this a growth node development pattern is adopted for the area. The

proposed growth nodes will be an integrated development that will cater to the overall requirements

of the surrounding villages for a sustainable and holistic development.

Considering the above, five growth nodes have been identified at strategic locations such as:-

Growth Node I: Industrial Node

Growth Node II: Multi facility Node

Growth Node III: Multi facility Node

Growth Node IV: Cultural Node

Growth Node V: Trade & Hospitality Node

The Growth node IV is within the Ghumarwin MC, this node is further sub divided into IV-a and IV-b

for equitable distribution of facilities.

12. Land Use

12.1 Residential Use

On the basis of residential density of 65 persons per hectare for the urbanisable area, an area of

184.24hectares (14.13%) has been proposed for the residential purpose within the urbanisable area. The residential areas are proposed to be developed in and around the Municipal Council Areas. The

local activities of cluster level enlisted in Chapter before such as nursery and primary schools,

dispensaries, parks, toilets etc. form an integral part of the residential areas and are to be detailed out

during the course of preparation of Sector Plans and Schemes.

12.2 Commercial Use

A total area of 16.03hectares (1.23%) has been proposed for Commercial Use. Most of the commercial

facilities have been proposed within the urbanisable area in order to carter to the residing population. Other city level facilities viz, Cold Storage, Wholesale Market and Warehousing activity (Mandi) has

been proposed in the per-urban area control belt. Shopping centres are proposed to be developed

along with hotels and hospitality, industries and requisite infrastructure, in between the proposed 4-lane expressway and National Highway in Bhager and Baagtheru mohals. Moreover, the Development

Plan envisages to prepare improvement schemes for the existing shopping centre to ensure

improvement in environmental quality. To cater incoming tourist in the town, an area of1.5 hectares

has been allocated. It includes the area require for River Front Development for future tourist traffic

Page 22: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x i x

as well as local which will come up near the Seer Khad area within the urbanisable limits of the

GhumarwinPlanning Area.

12.3 Mixed Use

As area of 67.12hectares (5.15%) has been allocated for mixed use development.Mixed use zones

have been proposed along the National, StateHighway and Major District road.

12.4 Industry Use

As area of 2.00hectares (0.15 %) has been allocated for industrial development with the Planning

Area.It is proposed to accommodate agro based, horticulture and Bio-Technology Park apart from

handicraft industries in form of organized industrial area.

12.5 Public and Semi Public Use

The Public and Semi-Public Use includes utilities, facilities, services, Government and Semi

Government offices and Institutions. The existing land under public and semi-public facilities is 28.90

hectares and additional requirement of 8.47 hectares is anticipated by providing utilities, facilities and

services in the Planning Area by the year 2035. Accordingly, 37.38 hectares (2.87 %) of land is propose

under Public and Semi-Public use.

12.6 Recreational Use

An area of 5.34 hectares (0.41 %) has been proposed for organised parks and open spaces.The open

forests in and around the town also serve as recreational spaces to the town.

12.7 Traffic and Transportation Use

As the town has grown along the NH-103, there is a lot of regional traffic on these roads for which

improvement in road network is proposed. The Development Plan envisages to provide parking lots

on outskirts of the existing built up area to meet with the requirements of increasing traffic volume

on major entry points to already congested town. An area of 91.27 hectares (7.00 %) has been

proposed for Traffic and Transportation Use, out of which 31.23 hectares is an existing area occupied

by roads and parking spaces and 60.04 hectares is additional requirement which includes land for new

bus terminal, truck terminal taxi stand and Road Widening.

Proposed Land Use Distribution, 2035

Sl.N

o. Land Use

Classification

Land Use Sub-

Classification

Land Use

Code

Existing Land Use

Distribution Area (in Ha)

Additional Land

Requirement (in Ha)

Proposed Land Use Area

Distribution (in

Ha)

Proposed Land Use

Percentage (%)

1 Residential Residential R-1 135.95 48.29 184.24 14.13

2 Commercial Commercial C-1 10.08 5.95 16.03 1.23

3 Mixed Mixed M-1 59.35 7.77 67.12 5.15

4 Industrial Industrial I 0.00 2.00 2.00 0.15

5 Public Semi-

Public

Public Semi-

Public PSP 28.91 8.47 37.38 2.87

6 Recreational Parks and Open Spaces

P-1 0.40 4.94 5.34 0.41

7 Transportation Transportation T 31.24 60.03 91.27 7.00

8 Agriculture PA-1 955.69 818.24 62.76

Page 23: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | x x

Primary Activity

Plantation PA-2 2.40 2.40 0.18

9 Waterbodies Waterbodies E-1 43.49 43.49 3.34

10 Protected Forest

Protected Forest

E-2 36.26 36.26 2.78

Grand Total 1303.77 137.45 1303.77 100.0

13. General Development Regulations

To implement the proposals and recommendation of the Development Plan, detailed general

development regulations along withbuilding bye-laws have been prepared for each land use

classification. Also, the procedure of plan sanction is also framed for the same.

14. Plan Implementation

A total of 47(Proposal shown as per table 14.1)development projects and proposals have been

identified which includes 26 building projects (i.e., 5 commercial projects, 5 industrial projects, 3

tourism projects, 9 facilities and amenities projects and 3 recreational and one horticultural), 24

infrastructure projects (i.e. 15 transport projects, 5 infrastructure facilities projects) and one

residential development project.

The cost of various infrastructure projects envisaged in the Development Plan accounts to about

401.41 crore. Apart from that, widening of NH-103 within the town to 24m ROW is also proposed,

which has been estimated at Rs. 230.23 crore.

The cost of the envisaged projects would be borne by the land owner for residential and commercial

projects, HP Department of Industries/HP State Industrial Development Corporation for industrial

projects, HP Tourism Development Corporation for tourism projects, Municipal Council/ PWD for

facilities and amenities projects as well as recreational projects and Horticultural Department for

horticulture projects. The cost of infrastructure projects would be borne by NHAI/ PWD/ I&PH/ HPSEBL. The projects be developed on PPP mode and a user fee be charged from the end

users/consumers.

To ensure implementation of envisaged projects and proposals and inter-departmental coordination,

a ten member committee under the chairmanship of SDM, Ghumarwin is recommended.

Page 24: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1

1. INTRODUCTION: GHUMARWIN

PLANNING AREA

1.1 Introduction

Ghumarwin Planning Area is located in Bilaspur district of Himachal Pradesh. The district is bounded

by Hamirpur District in the north, Una district in the North-west, Punjab in the south-west, Solan

district in the south-east and Mandi district in the north-east. The Planning Area is located along the

NH - 103 which connects the state capital Shimla with Kangra district via Bilaspur, Hamirpur, Bhawan

till the NH -20 junction at Ghurkari. The SH – 19 originating at Ghumarwin town connects

Jogindernagar in Mandi district via Sarkaghat. Other arterial roads and village/ link roads provide

access to the rest of the settlements.

The Seer Khad, which is a tributary of the Sutlej River also flows through thePlanning Area from Seu in

the north – east towards Karangora in the south - west. The Khad is one of the 3 tributaries of Sutlej

River.

Figure 1-1: Ghumarwin Planning Area

Source: Satellite Image and Town and Planning Department, HP Gazette Notification

Page 25: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

DE

VE

LO

PM

EN

T P

LA

N -

20

35

GH

UM

AR

WIN

PL

AN

NIN

G A

RE

A

To

wn

an

d C

ou

nt

ry

Pla

nn

ing

De

pa

rtm

en

t,

H

ima

ch

al

Pr

ad

es

h

Pa

ge

| 2

Fi

gure

1-2

: Lo

cati

on

of

Gh

um

arw

in P

lan

nin

g A

rea

Sou

rce:

To

wn

an

d P

lan

nin

g D

epa

rtm

ent,

HP

Ga

zett

e N

oti

fica

tio

n

Page 26: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3

The Planning Area is located 18 km from Bilaspur town, the head-quarter of Bilaspur District and about

105 km from the state capital, Shimla. Ghumarwin town is located at the centre of the Planning Area. It is the Tehsil headquarter of the Ghumarwin Tehsil.

Ghumarwin town is a main business centre1 of Bilaspur district and it comprises of most of the

population of the District. Thousands of pilgrims/ tourists visit Ghumarwin while going towards

Jawalamukhi, Dharamshala and Chintpurni etc. This town has been experiencing environmental

degradation on many accounts - over population, acute shortage of water, lack of civic amenities, over

crowded road and heavy traffic. All these factors have contributed to pollution, excessive garbage,

unplanned growth, illegal construction, sewerage and sanitation problem which are threatening the

very beauty and life of the Ghumarwin town.

The specifications of the Planning boundary as per the notification is given below:

North: Bounded by Mohal Taraun / Hadbast No. 274 / Tehsil Ghumarwin / District Boundary up to

150m on both sides from acquired width of NH – 103.

East:Starting from end of northern boundary towards east side of Mohal Taraun / Hadbast No. 274

and following 150m line along NH – 103 up to outer boundary of Mohal Ratehal / Hadbast No. 408 and further outer limit of Municipal Council, Ghumarwin up to Mohal Loharwin / Hadbast No

440 and then following 150m line on both sides along Ghumarwin Sarkaghat State Highway No,

19 including Municipal Council, Ghumarwin limit up to outer boundary of Mohal Kothi / Hadbast

No. 424, Then following the outer limit of Municipal Council, Ghumarwin up to outer boundary

of Mohal Panol / Hadbast No 456 and then following 150m line along the NH – 103 up to the

junction of NH – 103 and four lane then following 150m line both side along four lane up to outer

boundary of Mohal Khurari / Hadbast No. 466, then again following 150m line along NH – 103

from Mohal Baagtheru / Hadbast No. 463 up to Mohal Ghumani / Hadbast No 470 / Tehsil

Ghumarwin of District Bilaspur, Himachal Pradesh.

South:Starting from the end of eastern boundary towards west side of Mohal Ghumani / Hadbast No. 470 / Kandrour bridge and then following 150m line along NH – 103, Four lane andBhager - Auhar Road up to outer western boundary of Mohal Bakroa / Hadbast No. 464 of Tehsil

Ghumarwin of District Bilaspur.

West:Starting from the end of southern boundary towards west side of Mohal Bakroa / Hadbast No. 464 and following 150m along Bhager – Auhar Road up on both side to the junction of NH – 103

in Mohal Bhager / 465 and then following 150m line along NH- 103 up to outer boundary of

Mohal Awdhanni / Hadbast No. 451 and then following the Municipal Council, Ghumarwin limit

up to Mohal Baddu / Hadbast No. 407 and further following 150m line on both sides along

Ghumarwin – Barthi road up to outer boundary of mohal Bari Majherwan/hadbast No. 405 and

then following outerlimit of Municipal Council , Ghumarwinin mohal Baddu/Hadbast No.407

&Mohal Ratehal / Hadbast no. 408 and further following outer boundary of Mohal Sashan / Hadbast no, 409, and thereafter following 150m line along NH- 103 up to outer northern

boundary of Mohal Taraun / Hadbast No. 274 / Tehsil Ghumarwin of District Bilaspur.

1 Source: Municipal Council, Ghumarwin, http://www.mcghumarwin.com/about_us.html

Page 27: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4

1.2 Planning Area

The Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act 1977 was extended to the GhumarwinPlanning

Area in the year 2014 vide Gazette Notification no. TCP-F(5)-7/2005 dated 04.03.2014 and published

in Rajpatra on 10th March, 2014 covering an area of 4556.79 Ha spreading over 62 revenue mohals. Later the Planning Area was reduced and re-notified vide Govt. Notification No.TCP-F(5)-7/2005 dated

14.06.2016& published in Rajpatra on 28.6.2016.The Planning Area comprised of following Revenue

mohals. Table 1-1: Planning Area profile

Name of Revenue Mohals Hadbast Number

Area (in Ha.) Population (As per Census

2011)

Panol 456 53.82

7,899

Tikri 453 24.37

Dakri 454 87.48

Baddu 407 26.13

Ghumarwin 436 41.39

Barota 441 28.22

Retehal 408 29.95

Loharwin 440 22.83

Silh 433 7.34

Patta 410 13.52

Kalyana 437 21.45

Total MC Area 356.50 Baddu (outside M.C. limit) 407 11.8 80

Loharwin (outside M.C. limit) 440 6.93 47

Silh (outside M.C limit) 433 16.69 96

Patta (outside M.C. limit) 410 23.32 201

Awarikhalin 468 14.54 184

Awdhani 451 15.10 161

Baagtheru 463 40.15 221

Bakroa 464 18.66 118

Balaur 439 5.69 59

Balhu-Kharyala 449 39.80 268

Bari-Majherwan 405 62.16 260

Bari Kalan 269 8.65 55

Bari Khurd 268 9.88 76

Bhadrog 383 16.11 92

Bhager 465 31.58 240

Cheri 393 0.38 1

Chhajoli 271 13.48 84

Dadhol Kalan 265 22.89 126

Dadhol Khurd 266 23.36 129

Dakhut Uperla 254 1.42 6

Dangar 256 66.45 356

Ghumani 470 27.34 209

Godhan 404 0.96 4

Page 28: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5

Haritilainger 273 77.48 418

Jahri 391 0.57 2

Jroura 300 3.85 20

Jungle-Chhanjyar 251/1 14.83 0

Kalri 394 18.55 137

Karngora 406 16.10 103

Khurari 466 10.95 78

Kothi 424 55.61 444

Kulahru 450 33.76 199

Kyari 452 2.16 9

Lehri Sarail 272 3.75 17

Majhaon 462 13.50 68

Majhasu 461 11.21 46

Naswal 384 49.77 395

Padyalg 267 44.58 285

Pangela 258 3.20 3

Peherwin 469 5.15 27

Sashan 409 5.41 35

Seu 385 50.07 280

Taraun 274 49.43 188

Total (Outside MC) 39 Mohals 947.28 5,827

Total (MC + Outside MC) 50 Mohals 1303.77 13,726

Source: Census of India, 2011 and Town and Country Planning Department, Shimla

The Ghumarwin Planning Area has 50 revenue mohals out of which 11 revenue mohals, namely

Ghumarwin, Kalyana, Tikri, Ratehal (completely) & Baddu, Patta, Silh, Loharwin, Barota, Dakri and

Panol i.e. four complete & seven partlyare notified under the administration of the Municipal Council

Ghumarwin and partly under the Gram Panchayat adminstration. Rest of 39 revenue Mohals i.e. one

completely (Mohal Sashan) and 38 partly are also under the Gram Panchayat administration. The

Planning Area has a population of 13,726 which is distributed over 1303.77 Ha.

1.3 Administrative Set up

Ghumarwin Planning Area comes under the Ghumarwin Tehsil and Bharari Sub - Tehsil in Bilaspur

District. The Planning Area consist of the Ghumarwin town which constituting 11 mohals – Ghumarwin, Kalyana, Tikri, Ratehal (completely), Baddu, Patta, Silh, Loharwin, Barota, Dakri and Panol

(partly) along with one complete and 38 (partly) other Mohals.

Ghumarwin town is a Municipal Council in Ghumarwin Tehsil which constitutes of 7 wards. It was

established as a Nagar Panchayat or Notified Area Council (NAC) on 27th October 1970 which was

later declared as a Municipal Council on 25th November 2007. It also covers an area of 356.50 Ha and

serves a population of 7899 as per Census of India, 2011. The rest of the revenue mohals in the

Planning Area comes under Ghumarwin Tehsil and Bharari Sub – Tehsil (Refer Figure 1-3).

Page 29: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6

1.4 Regional Linkages and Connectivity

The Planning Area is well connected by roadways with all the major towns and capital city in the state.

Air and rail connectivity are available from neighbouring towns.

Figure 1-3: Administrative Set up of Ghumarwin Planning Area

The district Head quarter Bilaspur is located at a distance of 18 Km from the Planning Area. Shimla

(the state capital) is situated at a distance of 105 km from Ghumarwin town. Other major towns such

as Chandigarh is situated at a distance of 156 km whereas Delhi is 400 km away from the Planning

Area.2

1.4.1 By Air

The nearest domestic airports to thePlanning Area are Jubal hatti airport in Shimla District, situated at

a distance of 120 km, the Gaggal airport in Kangra District, situated at a distance of 125 kmfollowed

by Bhuntar airport located at a distance of 133 km from the Planning Area. Chandigarh airport in

Punjab state which is 156 km away from the Planning Area is the nearest international airport.

1.4.2 By Rail

There is no railway connectivity in the Planning Area. The nearest railway station is at Kiratpur Sahib

and Anandpur Sahib in Punjab which are located at a distance of 86 km and 90 km respectively along

the 80km Nangal – Una – Talwara broad – gauge railway. Other major railway stations include Una,

2 Note: Shortest Route distance has been considered.

Page 30: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7

Jogindernagar, Shimla, Chandigarh, Jalandhar and Pathankot. The Bilaspur - Manali – Leh railway is a

proposed high-elevation all-weather Indian broad-gauge 1,676 mm (5 ft 6 in) railway track that is

planned to connect Bilaspur.

1.4.3 By Road

The Planning Area is well connected with all the important towns and cities via the NH - 103 and SH -19. Bus service is also available to other nearby towns such as Una, Anandpur Sahib and Kiratpur Sahib. The NH - 103 and SH – 19 are the main routes for public transport services as these connect

Ghumarwin with all major towns in the state. There are private buses as well as Government (HRTC) buses operating in the area.

1.5 Historical Evolution – Bilaspur District

The area that is now Bilaspur District was formerly known as Kahlur, a princely statein the Punjab

Province during the era of British India which was ruled by a Hindu Rajput dynasty.3

Bilaspur lies in the foothills of the Himalayas and Bilaspur town is situated on the banks of Sutlej River

which divides the State into two equal halves called the Parla (Trans) and the Warla (Cis) Mandi and

Kangra bordered on the North, on the west by the Hoshiarpur District, on the South by Nalagarh and

the East by Baghal and Suket.The Capital of the State was originally at Jhandhari and then at Kot- Kahlur, but was later transferred to Bilaspur. Its Rulers were members of the Kahluria Clan of the

Chandravanshi Rajputs.4

According to local muths complied during the reign of Raja Hira Chand, Bilaspur was founded by Raja

Bir Chand in 697 AD, a Chanderwanshi Rajput who reigned at Chanderi in the Bundelkhand region of

Madhya Pradesh.5Raja Bir Chand established a small fort at Kot-Kahlur in the low lying area below the

peak of Naina Devi (Goddess Durga) whose temple he erected on top of the Hill. During his 33 years

of rule, He extended the jurisdiction of his kingdom and subjugated about 15 neighbouring princely

states.6 After Kahal Chand 6th king of the dynasty had built Kahlur Fort the state was named after it.7

The capital of ruling dynasty continued to be located at Kot-Kahlur till 1600 A.D. when the then king,

Raja Bikram Chand shifted his capital at Sunhani on the right side of river Satluj. In 1650 A.D. when

Deep Chand, 32nd king the same dynasty succeeded as Raja of Kahlur state, he decided to shift his

capital. According to local myths, it is said that accompanied by 2 Hindus and 2 Mohammedan faquirs

he sought new site for the capital and finally settled at a place on the left bank of Satluj river

traditionally called “Beas gufa” after the name of Rishi Vyas. He built a palace called ‘Dholar’ overlooking the river and founded a town on the river bank which was named after Beas gufa and was

later on called Bilaspur.8Thus, the town of Bilaspur was founded in 1663.9

3States before 1947 A-J 4http://www.indianrajputs.com/view/bilaspur 5Imperial Gazetteer of India, v.8, p.233

6http://himachal.nic.in/ 7 Social, cultural, and economic history of Himachal Pradesh by Manjit Singh Ahluwalia 8 http://himachal.nic.in/ 9History of the Punjab Hill States, Volume 2, J. Hutchinson and J.Ph. Vogel, P - 513, 1933, by Superintendent, Government

Printing, Lahore, Punjab

Page 31: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8

The Bilaspur State came under British protection in 1815 under Raja Mahan Chand and became one

of the Shimla Hill States.10In 1932 the Bilaspur state was made part of the newly created Punjab States

Agency. In 1936 the Punjab Hill States Agency was separated from the Punjab States Agency which

comprised of Bilaspur State. Raja Sir Anand Chand was the last ruler of the princely state and Pandit

Sant Ram was the last Home Minister.11

After India became independent

in 1947, Himachal Pradesh was

constituted as a part ‘C’ State of

the Indian Union on 15th April,

1948. Himachal Pradesh was

formed as result of merger of 30

Punjab and Shimla Hill States in

the Indian Union.12 On 12th

October 1948, Raja Sir Anand

Chand signed the accession to

join the Indian Union and Pandit

Sant Ram administered the

state's accession ensuring that

Bilaspur retained an independent

identity as a separate province

and as a part C state while the

territory of the princely state was

politically integrated into the

Indian Union. Bilaspur State

remained Bilaspur Province in

independent India until 1950.13

Figure 1-4: Historical Map of Bilaspur Region

After India became a Republic, on 26th January 1950 Bilaspur Province became the 31st state of India

as aseparate entity under the control of Chief Commissioner administered by the Government of India

and was renamed as ‘Bilaspur State’.14On 1st July, 1954, Bilaspur State was integrated with Himachal

Pradesh by an act of Parliament as Bilaspur District thereby adding one more district to the State of

Himachal Pradesh.15

Initially, Bilaspur district consisted of two tehsils namely, Ghumarwin and Bilaspur Sadar. In January,

1980 the state government created a separate sub-tehsil called Naina Devi with headquarters at

Swarghat out of Bilaspur Sadar Tehsil. In 1984 one new sub-tehsil namely, Jhandutta was created by

carving out some areas of tehsil Ghumarwin. Jhandutta sub-tehsil was given full tehsil status in

10 Imperial Gazetteer of India, v. 8, p. 233. 11http://himachal.nic.in/ 12http://himachal.nic.in/ 13Social, cultural, and economic history of Himachal Pradesh by Manjit Singh Ahluwalia 14Social, cultural, and economic history of Himachal Pradesh by Manjit Singh Ahluwalia 15http://himachal.nic.in/

Page 32: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9

January, 1998. Administratively, the district is divided into 4 sub-divisions, 4 tehsils, 3sub-tehsil, 4

community development blocks, 151panchayats, 3 municipal councils and 1Nagar Panchayat.

Bilaspur had been a town in 1891 and 1901 Censuses but was declassified thereafter in the year 1911.

In 1931 Census, it was again classified as town and has been continuing as such since then. Naina Devi

a place of religious importance was declared as town for the first time in 1953. A small town

committee was setup to look after the affairs of this place till 1960. In the year 1961 it was notified as

municipal committee. After 1981 Census, one more place Talai (known as Shah Talai) has been

classified as a Notified Area Committee, now it is notified as Nagar Panchayat.16

1.6 Geographical Setting

1.6.1 Geology17

Ghumarwin Planning Area falls within the valley area and structural hills. It belongs to the Middle

Siwalik and Lower Siwalik rock formation i.e. during the tertiary period (Pliocene to Mid-Miocene) of

the Cenozoic era. The Middle Siwalik formation is characterized by grey sandstone and brownish clay/ shale while the Lower Siwalik is characterized by red and purple sandstone and shale.

1.6.2 Topography

1.6.2.1 Elevation

The entire Planning Area is moderately contoured. The minimum elevation is less than 600m which is

found in the Ghumarwin MC area and extends towards the Sutlej River at the south. The maximum

elevation is more than 829.19 m which is found towards the west. Most of the northern areas have

slope ranging from 700m to 829.19m (ReferFigure 1- 5).

1.6.2.2 Slope Analysis

The slope in the Planning Area is characterised by low to moderate slope. Steep slopes of 15% and

more are found in areas towards the east such as Loharwin and Silh, towards the west at Bari

Majherwanandtowards north at Jungle-Chhanjyar and Haritilainger. Apart from these villages, the rest

of the Planning Area has low slope of 15 % and less. The Planning Area has almost 95 % (approximately) under developable area (Refer Figure 1- 6).

1.6.3 Soil character18

There are two types of soils in the district viz, alluvial soil and non-calcic brown soil. Most of the area

in the district is covered with alluvial soil and only hilly area in the district is covered with non-calcic

brown soil. Soil is rich in nutrients and is thus fertile.

16http://himachal.nic.in/ 17Source: District Ground Water Brochure Bilaspur District - Himachal Pradesh, Central Ground Water Board, Ministry Of

Water Resources, Government Of India 18Source: District Ground Water Brochure Bilaspur District - Himachal Pradesh, Central Ground Water Board, Ministry Of

Water Resources, Government Of India

Page 33: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0

1.6.4 Climate

Climate in Ghumarwin is sub-tropical

in the valleys and tends to be

temperate near the hilltops. The town

experiences summer from March till

June when the maximum

temperature varies from 25.9°C to

37°C. The rainy season starts in July till

October when the maximum

temperature ranges from 31.6°C to

29.1°C. Winter season is from

November to February with a

minimum temperature of 10.8°C

to8.8°C respectively (Refer Figure 1-7)

Source: http://en.climate-data.org/location/175626/

Figure 1- 5: Monthly climate – Ghumarwin

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

Tem

per

atu

re i

n (d

eg)

Min Max Average

Page 34: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1

Figure 1-6: Elevation Map - Ghumarwin Planning Area

Page 35: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2

Figure 1-7: Slope Map - Ghumarwin Planning Area

Page 36: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3

1.6.5 Rainfall

Bilaspur District experiences heavy

rainfall during the rainy season. The

annual average rainfall in the district

is about 1197.2mm19. The rainy

season starts in Junewhere the

district receives 107.4mm of rainfall

and ends in September where the

rainfall is recorded at 153.6mm

(Refer Figure 1-). July is recorded as

the peak rainfall month with

311.4mm. The driest month is

November with 14mm rainfall.

1.6.6 Flora and Fauna

The fauna of Ghumarwin Planning Areaand its vicinity consist of Khair, Siris, Kachnar, Semal, Tun,

Mango, Lichi, Behul, Shisham, Ritha, Tut, Behera, Chil, Ber and Bamboo. It is home to many species of

birds and animals like peacock, Pahari Bater, green parrot, pigeons , Panther,Wolf, Chausinga,

Sambar,Hyena, Sloth bear, Nilgai, Chinkara ,wild boar,wild pig,Kakkar and wild hen, etc.

19Source: Data period 1951 – 2000, Open Government Data (OGD) Platform, Government of India

https://data.gov.in/catalogs/ministry_department/india-meteorological-department-imd

Figure 1-8: Annual Rainfall – Bilaspur District

Source: Open Government Data (OGD) Platform, Government of India

https://data.gov.in/catalogs/ministry_department/india-meteorological-

department-imd

62.5 66.854

26.141.1

107

312 304

154

2714

28.7

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

Rai

nfa

ll in

cm

Page 37: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 4

2. DEMOGRAPHY

2.1 Population Distribution

As per the Census of India, the population of Ghumarwin Planning Areain 2011 is 13,726 against 8,048

in 1991 and 10,814 in 2001. In 2011, the Planning Area also comprises of 3.6 % of the total population

of Bilaspur district. Also, there are 3,051 HHs with an average household size of 4.5 in the Planning

Area which is less than the district average of 4.7 (Refer Table 2-1).

Table 2-1: Population Distribution - Ghumarwin Planning Area/ Bilaspur District/ Himachal Pradesh

Year

1991 2001 2011

Total Population

No. of

HHs

Ave.

HH size

Total Population

No. of

HHs

Ave.

HH size

Total Population

No. of

HHs

Ave.

HH size

Himachal Pradesh

51,70,877 8,61,445 5.5 60,77,900 12,21,589 5.0 68,64,602 14,83,280 4.6

Bilaspur District

2,78,652 48,737 5.7 3,40,885 65,750 5.2 3,81,956 80,485 4.7

Ghumarwin Planning Area

8,048 1,578 5.1 10,814 2,253 4.8 13,726 3,051 4.5

Source: Census of India – 1991, 2001, 2011

2.2 Population Density

Ghumarwin Planning Area has a population

density of 10.73 persons per hectare which

is higher than the state and district i.e. 1.23

and 3.27 persons per hectare respectively. Majority of the population is concentrated

around Ghumarwin Municipal Council

(Refer Table 2-2).

2.3 Growth Rate

As per Census of India 2011, the decadal growth rate of Ghumarwin Planning Area is 26.9% which is

higher than the state and district i.e. 12.9% and 12% respectively. The entire state of Himachal

Pradesh has also witnessed a negative growth rate in the past decade i.e. 28.7% in 2001 to 12.9% in

2011. People are migrating out from the state for employment opportunities. Consequently, the

Planning Area has also witnessed an adverse effect in the decadal growth rate i.e. from 34.4% in 2001

to 26.9% in 2011, but is comparatively minimal as compared to the state and the district growth rate

(Refer Table 2-3).

Table 2-3: Decadal Growth Rate – Ghumarwin Planning Area/ Bilaspur District/ Himachal Pradesh

Year

1991 2001 2011

Total Population

Decadal Growth

Rate

Total Population

Decadal Growth

Rate

Total Population

Decadal Growth

Rate

Himachal Pradesh 47,21,681 - 60,77,900 28.7% 68,64,602 12.9%

Bilaspur District 2,78,652 - 3,40,885 22.3% 3,81,956 12.0%

Ghumarwin Planning Area 8,048 - 10,814 34.4% 13,726 26.9%

Source: Census of India – 1991, 2001, 2011

Table 2-2: Population Density - Ghumarwin Planning

Area/ Bilaspur District/ Himachal Pradesh

Year

2011

Population Area

(In Ha) Population

Density (pph)

Himachal Pradesh

68,64,602 55,67,300 1.23

Bilaspur District

3,81,956 1,16,700 3.27

Ghumarwin Planning Area

13,726 1303.77 10.73

Source: Census of India - 2011, TCP Notification

Page 38: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 5

2.4 Sex Ratio

Ghumarwin Planning Area has a sex ratio of 996 (females per 1000 male) in 2011 which is more than

the state and district i.e. 972 and 981 respectively. The Planning Area is also characterized by a sex

ratio of 1033 in 1991 and 999 in 2001 which indicate that the male population exceeded the female

population over the decades.

Table 2-4: Sex Ratio - Ghumarwin Planning Area/ Bilaspur District/ Himachal Pradesh

Year

1991 2001 2011

Male Female Sex

Ratio Male Female

Sex Ratio

Male Female Sex

Ratio

Himachal Pradesh

23,72,193 23,49,488 990 30,87,940 29,89,960 968 34,81,873 33,82,729 972

Bilaspur District

1,38,442 1,40,210 1013 1,71,263 1,69,622 990 1,92,764 1,89,192 981

Ghumarwin Planning Area

3,891 4,157 1033 5,412 5,402 999 6,877 6,849 996

Source: Census of India – 1991, 2001, 2011

2.5 Literacy Rate

As per Census 2011, the literacy rate of Ghumarwin Planning Area is 89.5% which is higher than the

state and district average of 82.8% and 84.6% respectively. In 1991, the literacy rate of the Planning

Area is 74.9% which is very high as compared to the state and district i.e. 61.9% and 66.1% respectively. (Refer Table 2-5).

Table 2-5: Literacy Rate - Ghumarwin Planning Area/ Bilaspur District/ Himachal Pradesh

Year

1991 2001 2011

Total Population

Literacy Rate

Total Population

Literacy Rate

Total Population

Literacy Rate

Himachal Pradesh 47,21,681 61.9% 60,77,900 77.8% 68,64,602 82.8%

Bilaspur District 2,78,652 66.1% 3,40,885 76.5% 3,81,956 84.6%

Ghumarwin Planning Area 8,048 74.9% 10,814 83.3% 13,726 89.5%

Source: Census of India – 1991, 2001, 2011

2.6 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe Composition

As per Census 2011, Ghumarwin Planning Area has 24.6% Scheduled Caste and 0.85% Scheduled Tribe

population which is approximately equal to that of the state and district population. Since 1991, the

distribution in both the Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population has increased to a minimal

percent of 20.7% and 0.75% respectively. Similarly, in 2001, the distribution of Scheduled Caste is

19.5% and that of Scheduled Tribe population is 0.6% (Refer Table 2-6).

Table 2-6: Distribution of Scheduled caste and Scheduled Tribes - Ghumarwin Planning Area/ Bilaspur District

Year 1991 2001 2011

Total Population

Percentage Distribution

Total Population

Percentage Distribution

Total Population

Percentage Distribution

Bilaspur District 2,78,652 - 3,40,885 - 3,81,956 -

Scheduled Caste 72,874 26.2% 86,581 25.4% 98,989 25.9%

Scheduled Tribe 7,799 2.8% 9,180 2.7% 10,693 2.8%

Ghumarwin Planning Area 8,048 - 10,814 - 13,726 -

Scheduled Caste 1,666 20.7% 2,109 19.5% 3,377 24.6%

Scheduled Tribe 60 0.75% 65 0.6% 117 0.85%

Source: Census of India – 1991, 2001, 2011

Page 39: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 6

2.7 Population Projection

As per Census, 2011, almost 57.5% population is residing in Ghumarwin Town and rest ofthe

population (42.5%) are in 39 revenue villages in the Planning Area. As the level ofurbainsation is high

in the Panning Area, it has been taken into consideration during populationforecasting for 2035. The

projected population by Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) methodbeing more appropriate to

be adopted as it gives a mean value of all the five methods. Hence theprojected population for

Ghumarwin Town for the year of 2035 is 15,006. The CAGR method hasbeen adopted for the overall

population forecasting of the Planning Area as the method provides theappropriate mean value of all

the methods. Hence, population of the Planning Area for 2035 is estimated to be 26,048 at a growth

rate of 2.71 %.

Figure 2-1: Population Projections for Ghumarwin Planning Area by five different methods

Table 2-7: Projected Population for Ghumarwin Planning Area

Adopted CAGR 2015 2020 2025 2030 2035

2.71 15,273 17,453 19,945 22,793 26,048 Source: Estimated by Analysis based on Population Trend

The projected population of Ghumarwin M.C. Area for 2035 is estimated to be 15,006 (57.6%) and the

projected population for Outside M.C. Area is estimated to be 11,042 (42.4%)

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

2015 2020 2025 2030 2035

Po

pu

lati

on

Population ProjectionArithmaticalIncrease

GeometricalIncrease

CompoundAverageGrowth Rate

ExponentialGrowth

IncrementalIncrease

Page 40: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 7

Figure 2-2: Population Density

Page 41: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 8

2.8 Settlement Pattern

2.8.1 Urban Settlement Pattern in Ghumarwin Planning Area - Census 2001 and 2011

As per Census 2011, Ghumarwin Planning Area has only one Class V town i.e. Ghumarwin (MC). The

level of urbanization is higher in the Planning Area with 27.10% as compared to that of the district i.e. 6.58%.

2.8.2 Rural Settlements in Ghumarwin Planning Area

As per Census 2011, the Planning Area has 43 revenue Mohals, outside M.C. area with rural population

of 5,827(out of which 4 mohals are partly in M.C. and partly outside M.C.) which is 42.4% of the total

population. However, in 2001, the rural population was 5,093, i.e. 47.09% of the total population of

the Planning Area.

Table 2-8: Distribution of Rural Settlements by Size of Population, 2011

S. No. Range (Population) No. of villages (2001) No. Of villages (2011)

1 0 1 1

2 0-200 34

30

3 200-400 8

10 4 400-600 0 2

5 600-800 0 0 Total 43 43

Source: Census of India, 2001 & 2011

In 2011, there has been an increase in the number of villages with population ranging from 400 –600

and 200 – 400 and there is decline in the number of villages with population less than 200.

Figure 2-3: Distribution of Rural Settlements

by Size of Population, 2011

Source: Census of India, 2001 & 2011

Page 42: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 9

Figure 2-4: Proposed Settlement Pattern

Page 43: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 0

3. ECONOMY

3.1 Economic Base

The following section would endeavour at unwinding the salient features of the existing local economy. It would also address the key areas of concern through physical, spatial and policy level proposals.

3.1.1 Work Participation Rate (WPR)

Ghumarwin Planning Area has a WPR of 48 % as per Census of India, 2011 which is less than the district

figures i.e. 54 % respectively. There is an increase in the worker’s population in the Planning Area from

41 % in 2001 to 48 % in 2011. (Refer Table 3-1).

Table 3-1: Work Participation Rate - Ghumarwin Planning Area/ Bilaspur District/ Himachal Pradesh

Year

1991 2001 2011

Total Population

Working Population

% Total Population

Working Population

% Total Population

Working Population

%

Bilaspur District

2,78,652

86,014 31%

3,40,885

1,66,708 49%

3,81,956

2,05,871 54%

Male 63,311 74% 89,425 54% 1,11,543 54%

Female 22,703 26% 77,283 46% 94,328 46%

Ghumarwin Planning Area

8,048

2817 35%

10,814

4434 41%

13,726

6589 48%

Male 1352 48% 2128 48% 3690 56%

Female 1465 52% 2306 52% 2899 44%

Source: Census of India – 1991, 2001, 2011

As per Census of India, the

percentage share of worker’s

population in the Planning Area

comprises of 56% male and 44% female in 2011 while in 2001, the

share is 48% male and 52% female. Consequently, the

percentage of male workers

increased while that of female

workers decreased. Out of the

total worker’s population in the

Planning Area, the share of main

workers in 2001 is 71% and

marginal workers is 29%. Similarly, in 2011, 59% of the worker’s population are main workers and 41% are marginal workers. It is observed that in Ghumarwin Planning Area, the share of main workers decreased in 2011 while that

of marginal workers increased.

Figure 3-1: Worker Distribution – Ghumarwin Planning Area

Source: Census of India –2001, 2011

71

59

29

41

2001

2011

Percentage Distribution

Main workers Marginal workers

Page 44: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 1

3.1.2 Main and Marginal Workers

The total workers are distributed into main and marginal workers. Increase in marginal workers in a

region indicates a poor trend of economic growth. As per 2011 Census, Ghumarwin town has 77.4%

of main workers and 22.5% marginal workers whereas the outside M.C. area has 51.8% of main

workers and 48.1% of marginal workers. The percentage of Main workers drastically reduced from

80% in 1991 to 58% in 2011 where as the share of marginal workers almost doubled in last two

decades.

3.2 Occupational Structure

Most of the workers (54%) are engaged in the tertiary sector activities as the town is located along

the highways and has a prosperity in trading as well. After the tertiary sector, second priority sector is

the primary sector where 45% of the people are engaged in farming and forestry activities. Only 1% of working population is engaged in the secondary sector viz, repairing works as there are no

manufacturing industries in the Planning Area.

3.2.1 Primary Sector

As it has already been discussed that primary sector is the second most important economic sector in

Bilaspur district in terms of work participation rate (45%) and GDDP share during the last decade. Out

of the total GDDP share, primary sector shared 20% during 1999-00 FY. The share of primary sector in

GDDP, has increased over the period of time. During 2005-06 the share of primary sector rose to 24% and during 2010-11 to 26% (provisional). This is clear from this statistic that people are more involved

in primary activities rather than the secondary and tertiary activities.

Out of the total primary GDDP distribution in 2005-06, 56% has been generated from agriculture and

horticulture production whereas 32% has been generated from forest related activities, 2% from

fishing and 10% from mining activities20. According to Agricultural Contingency Plan of District Bilaspur,

the cropping intensity in the district is 85% which is more than the state average i.e. 75%. Thus, higher

cropping intensity means that a higher portion of the net area is being cropped more than once during

one agricultural year. This also implies higher productivity per unit of arable land during one

agricultural year. The available area sown in the district is 46% to the total cropped area which is more

than the state average i.e. 43% in 2010.

Out of the total area, 37% land is under cultivation in the Planning Area. In district Bilaspur, 37% of

the total area is under cultivation. Considering the availability of the agricultural land in the Planning

Area, chances of development of agriculture/horticulture/sericulture (already developed in Bilaspur

district) related activities are high.

3.2.2 Secondary Sector

Considering the sector wise GDDP distribution in Bilaspur district, secondary sector shares 38% of the

total GDDP in 1999-00 which has decreased to 35% in 2005-06.21 The concentration of major industrial

units are in Bilaspur and Gawaethai Industrial areas in the district. The ACC cement factory is located

20 Source: Economic Survey, Bilaspur District

Note: Details of Agriculture and Horticulture in the Study Area is yet to be received 21 Source: Economic Survey, Bilaspur District

Page 45: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 2

at Barmana which is 26.7 km from Ghumarwin town. In case of large scale units, other than ACC cement

factory, Suraj Fabrics and SPS Steel and Power Limited are situated at Gawalthai Industrial Area. As per

studies conducted by Industries Department there is a potential of maize based, fruits and vegetables

processing, wooden and steel furniture medium-small and micro scale units in the Planning Area.22

3.2.3 Tertiary Sector

Tertiary sector or the service sector is one of the emerging sectors in the Planning Area in terms of

work participation rate (54%) and share in GDDP amount in the last decade. In terms of GDDP share,

tertiary sector has the maximum percentage share in the total GDDP of the district since 1999-00. The

share of tertiary sector in 1999-00 was Rs 51,491 lakh (at constant price of 1999-00) which was 61% of the total GDDP of Bilaspur district. The share of the tertiary sector increased to Rs 78,523 lakh (at

constant price of 1999-00) i.e. 67% in 2005-06 and to 70% in 2009-10. Thisindicates that tertiary sector

is the most important sector in terms of its annual growth in GDDP share and work participation rate.

According to 2005-06 GDDP

distribution of Bilaspur District, the

main tertiary activities are

constructions (30%), trade and

hotels (12%), communication (1%), banking facilities (8%), public

administration (10%), Real estate

(6%) and Transportation (6%) which

includes the railways as well. There

are other services as well which

accounts 14% of the total GDDP

share23.

3.3 Income structure

Income structure helps us to understand the

range of people’s income in a region. It helps us

to comprehend about the economic capability

or purchasing power of the people. The Figure

3-3shows that 35% respondents have the

income level between Rs 5,000 to 10,000 per

month. 33% have monthly income in the range

of Rs 10,000 to 20,000 and 27% have monthly

income above Rs 20,000. The per capita income

of the state at constant price is 51,730 rupees

in 2012-13. Only 5% have income below Rs

22 Source: MSME Report, Bilaspur District

23Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of H.P.

24%

9%

67%

Sector wise Workforce Distribution

Primary sector

Secondary Sector

Tertiary Sector

Figure 3-2: Sector wise workforce distribution

Source: Census 1991

Figure 3-3: Income Structure

Source: Primary Survey

Page 46: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 3

5,000 per month. As per the income structure of the Planning Area, 85% of the earning population

belongs to middle income group who have monthly earning from 10,000 to 30,000 rupees.

3.4 Employment Generation

Employment creation is a keystone of any economic development. Many activities can fall under the

rubric of job creation, including immediate short-term opportunities that yield quick impact, or the

development of more enduring livelihoods in the civil service or private sector. It is important to

distinguish between these different activities, recognizing that sustainability and long-term impact

should be duly considered in implementing any employment generation program. Providing jobs is

vital on many levels.

Considering that the Development Plan - 2035 will boost the economic activities within the Planning

Area and create more opportunities for work. The Planning Area will have a substantially higher WPR

i.e. 53% till 2035. Thus the worker population in 2035 will be 13,805.

A break-up of the employment generated in each sector has been worked out in the following table.

Table 3-2: Proposed Occupational Classification for Ghumarwin (2035)

Sector Occupation Number of

Workers Percentage of

Workers

Primary sector Agriculture, Forestry & Fishing 3313 24 24

Secondary Sector

Light Industries and Composite use zone 690 5

15 Agro- based industries 690 5

Manufacturing and Repairs 690 5

Tertiary Sector

Construction Industry 3451 25

61

Govt. offices 1104 8

Institutional areas 690 5

CBD 690 5

Wholesale Trade (Integrated Freight Complex) 1104 8

Transportation Hub 690 5

Retail Sector 690 5

Total 13,805 100 100

Source: Proposed based on Analysis and Trend

Page 47: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 4

4. TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION

4.1 Introduction

This chapter gives the details of traffic surveys, the existing traffic characteristics & traffic trends of

project road, details on adopted traffic growth rates and recommendations.

As part of this study, a systematic methodology has been followed to assess the characteristics of the

traffic on the project road before and after the proposed improvement. The details pertaining to the

data collection, primary as well as secondary surveys and results from its analysis are presented in the

following sections.

4.2 Road Network

The Planning Area is well connected with all the important towns and capital city via the NH - 103 and

SH -19. The nearest road connectivity is from Bilaspur located at a distance of 18 kms. Bus service is

also available for other nearby towns such as Una, Anandpur Sahib and Kiratpur Sahib. The NH - 103

and SH– 19 are the main routes for public transport services as they connect Ghumarwin with all major

towns in the state. There are private buses as well as Government - Himachal Road Transport

Corporation (HRTC) buses operating in the area.

4.2.1 Primary Road Network

The primary road in the Planning Area is the NH – 103. It connects to Bilaspur, Nauni, Darlaghat,

Ghanahatti and Shimla on the south and Hamirpur, Nadaun, Jawalamukhi, Ranital and Kangra on

thenorth. The NH - 103 enters the Planning Area from the south via Ghumani, continues towards

Ghumarwin town and further north towards Taraun where it exits the Planning Area. It acts as the

main access through the Planning Area and is situated along the villages of Awarikhalin, Bhager, Balhu

Kharyala, Kulahru, Awdhani, Kalri, Seu, Dadhol, Bari Khurd and Dangar. It completes a total road length

of 26.73 km in the Planning Area.

4.2.2 Secondary Road Network

The secondary road network in the Planning Area is the SH – 19, which originates from Dakri Chowk

Bus Stop in Ghumarwin and continues towards Balaur, Loharwin, Silh and Kothi where it exits the

Planning Area. It further continues north-east towards Kuthera, Jahu, Sarkaghat and Jogindernagar in

Mandi District. The SH – 19 completes a road length of 4.76 in the Planning Area.

The secondary roads also consist of all the arterial roads connecting the two highways to the village/ link roads. Ghumarwin - Bakhra Road, with a total road length of 3.56km originates from the junction

at the NH – 103 junctions in Baddu and continues towards Bari Majherwan and Karngora. The

Ghumarwin - Ladrour Road, with a total road length of 0.17km, originates from NH – 103 at Padyalg.

4.2.3 Tertiary Road Network

The tertiary road network consists of all the village roads which connects the rest of the settlements

in the Planning Area. These roads connect the settlements along various contours and undulating

terrain. The village roads complete a total road length of 25.59km in the Planning Area.

Page 48: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 5

Figure 4-1: Road Network in the Planning Area

Source: Satellite Image and Primary Survey

Page 49: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 6

4.3 Road Inventory

The total existing road length in the Planning Area is 60.81km which includes the National Highway

(NH - 103), State Highway (SH – 19), other major roads and the village roads. The present road density

of the Planning Area is 0.046 km per hectare.

The total length of the NH - 103 passing through the Planning Area is 26.73km. The SH – 19 originating

from Ghumarwin town has a total length of 4.76km. Other major roads is of length 3.73 km and village

roads connecting the rest of the settlements have a total length of 25.59km.

Table 4-1: Road Length in the Planning Area

Road Hierarchy RoW Range of the Road (in m) Length (In km)

National Highway – 103 22 – 25 26.73

State Highway – 19 20-22 4.76

Major Road 12-18 3.73

Village Road 3-10 25.59

Total 60.81

In the Planning Area, 70 % of the roads are metalled i.e. 42.57km while 30 % are unmetalled i.e. 18.24km. The metalled roads include the NH - 103, SH – 19 and some village roads. Unmetalled roads

are the village roads which also act as link roads connecting the settlements.

Table 4-2: Road length – As per Type

Road Type Length (In km)

Metalled 42.57

Unmetalled 18.24

Total 60.81

PWD Ghumarwin Sub-Division and PWD Bharari Sub-Division maintain 39.5 km of road length. Out of

the 39.5 km road length, 34.5 km length is Pucca and remaining 5.2 km is kutcha. Table 4-3 shows the

detail of the roads maintained by the PWD.

Table 4-3: PWD Road Length

Sl.

No. Name of Road

Length (in km)

Surface Drains Villages

Kutcha Pucca Kutcha Pucca

1 GTB road to Badoh 1.51 0.2 1.31 0.51 0.8 Baddu, Baloh

2 Pata - Bhadrog - Kasaul -

Morsinghi road

1 - 1 - 1 Bhadrog

3 Joginder Nagar - Sarkaghat

- Ghumarwin road

5 - 5 - 5 Silh, Loharwin, Tikkar,

Kothi,Balaur, Ro, Palsoti, Gehra

4 Jungi - Barota - Kallar road 2.5 1.5 1 1.5 1 Barota

5 Bahlu - Chibber road 2.5 1.5 1 2.5 Chhibrin

6 Bhager - Berthin road 3 - 3 1.5 1.5 Panol

7 Bhaelaghat - Chhanijar

road

3 - 3 1.5 1.5 Chhanjiar

8 Dangar - Dhakuit road 2 - 2 1.5 Dakhiot Uperla

9 Nihari - Dadhol Kallan road 3 - 3 1.5 1.5 Dadhol Kalan

10 Link road Dadhol Khurd 1 1 1 Dadhol Khurd

Page 50: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 7

Sl.

No. Name of Road

Length (in km)

Surface Drains Villages

Kutcha Pucca Kutcha Pucca

11 Hari - Kudsai - Taraun road 3.5 - 3.5 2 1 Taraun

12 Nihari - Kaloh - Maryani

Road

2 2 - - - Kaloh

13 Nihari - Berthin road 2 - 2 1 1 Kasaru

14 Ghumarwin - Takrehara -

Tarontara - Baroh road

5 - 5 4 1 Takrehara, Tarontara

15 Ghumarwin - Dabla -

Morsinghi Road

2.5 - 2.5 1.5 1 Matwana, Soi, Marhol

Total 39.5 5.2 34.3 17.5 18.8

4.4 Vehicle Growth

Vehicular growth rate in the region puts light on the fact of future traffic pattern. Increase in the

number of private vehicles envisages the increase in the traffic volume in the town. Figure 4-2 shows

the annual vehicular registration in Ghumarwin Planning Area in the past four (4) years.

Figure 4-2: Annual Vehicle Registration in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Source: SDM Office, Ghumarwin

Figure 4-3: Average Annual Vehicle Registration

Source: SDM Office, Ghumarwin

Cars 2w LMV (p) HMV (p) LMV (c) HMV (c ) Tractor

2012 532 1120 29 5 96 43 58

2013 593 1242 47 6 121 51 40

2014 681 1480 39 7 101 31 63

2015 681 1418 49 0 7 2 5

0

300

600

900

1200

1500

No.

of V

ehic

les

Type of Vehicle

2012

2013

2014

2015

29.1%

61.5%

1.9%

0.2%3.8%

1.5%1.9%

Cars

2w

LMV (p)

HMV (p)

LMV (c)

HMV (c )

Tractor

Page 51: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 8

Figure 4-33 shows the average annual vehicular registration in Ghumarwin Planning Area. Two

wheelers24 have the maximum registered vehicle each year by 61.5% followed by cars25 with 29.1%,

LMV Commercial26 with 3.8%, LMV Passenger27 with 1.9%, Tractor28 with 1.9%, HMV Commercial29

with 1.5%, and HMV Passenger30 with 0.2%.

Table 4-4 shows the annual vehicle growth in the past four (4) years. It is observed that in 2013 and

2014, the annual vehicle growth is 10.3% and 12.6% respectively. There is a decline of vehicular

registration in 2015 by -11.1%.

Table 4-4: Annual Vehicular Growth

Year No. of Vehicles Annual Increase Annual % increase

2012 1883 - -

2013 2100 217 10.3%

2014 2402 302 12.6%

2015 2162 -240 -11.1%

4.5 Public Transport and Routes

4.5.1 Roadways

The main mode of public transport in the Planning Area is the Bus service. The area is well-connected

with all major towns of Himachal Pradesh. The NH - 103 and SH – 19 are the main routes for public

transport services as they connect Ghumarwin with all major towns in the state.

There are private buses as well as Government (HRTC) buses operating in the area. Buses are available

from Ghumarwin town every 10 – 15 mins connecting all neighbouring towns such as Bilaspur, Una,

Mandi, Hamirpur, etc. Most villages have public or private bus services31 except Cheri, Chhibrin, Kyari

and Jungle Chhanjyar.

4.5.2 Railways

There is no railway connectivity available in the Planning Area. The nearest railway station is at Kiratpur

Sahib and Anandpur Sahib in Punjab which lie along the 80km Nangal – Una – Talwara broad – gauge

railway.

24 Two Wheelers – Moped, motorcycle, scooter, scooter with side car 25 Car - LMV (car) 26 LMV Commercial – Lights / Medium Goods Vehicles 27 LMV Passenger – LMV (van), LMV (jeep/ gypsy). Omni Bus (pvt), PSV Motor Cab, Maxi Cab, Ambulance 28 Tractor – Tractor, Tractor with Trailer 29 HMV Commercial – Crane, Earth Moving Vehicle/Equipment, Heavy Goods Vehicles, Excavator 30 HMV Passenger – Bus, Mini Bus

31Source: Village Directory, Census of India - 2011

Page 52: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 2 9

Figure 4-4: Public Transport Routes – Ghumarwin Planning Area

Page 53: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 0

4.6 Traffic Studies

3-day Classified Traffic Volume Counts (CVC’s) and 3-day Origin and Destination (OD) Survey have

been conducted at 4 locations to understand traffic intensity and to know the upcoming traffic on the

project area. Since the night time traffic is very less in number, the classified traffic volume count has

been conducted for 12 hours each day (8:00 AM to 8:00 PM). The details of survey locations are as

follows:

3-days classified traffic volume count surveys at 4 locations in the project area

3 Day (12 hours) OD Survey at 4 locations in the project area

The following traffic analysis have been done under this study:-

Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT)

Daily variation of ADT

Hourly variation and Peak Hour Factor (PHF)

Directional distribution

Traffic composition

Travel Pattern

Origin Destination (O-D) surveys were conducted to analyse the travel characteristics of thePlanning

Area.The travel characteristics obtained by O-D survey would facilitate the identification of (i) local

and through traffic on the project road, (ii) traffic diversion (iii) commodity movement pattern.

4.6.1 Average Annual Daily Traffic

The summary of AADT, in terms of each class, vehicles and PCUs at the 4 count stations on are given

in Table 4-5. AADT (PCU) of 12 hours is 4616 at Survey Point I, 1435 at Survey Point II, 3242 at Survey

Point III and 8015 at Survey Point IV.

Table 4-5: Average Annual Daily Traffic (of 12 Hours) at Count Locations

Vehicle Types

Dangar Bus Stop, (Survey Point I)

Kanrgora Bus Stop (Survey Point II)

Kothi Bus Stop (Survey Point III)

Bhager Bus Stop (Survey

point IV)

Car/ Jeep/Van 1199 517 922 2308

Utility Vehicles 446 160 315 575

Two-wheeler 1100 509 835 1352

3wh(pass) 18 9 20 38

Minibus 64 24 24 84

Standard Bus 167 60 165 532

3wh (Goods) 16 8 16 69

LCV 343 126 227 505

Trucks 359 34 183 618

Tractor 73 8 46 53

Tractor with Trailer 19 2 11 19

Cycle 6 4 5 4

Cycle Rickshaw 2 0 1 0

Animal Cart 0 0 0 0

Others 1 1 5 0

Car 0 0 0 0

Bus 0 0 0 0

Page 54: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 1

Vehicle Types

Dangar Bus Stop, (Survey Point I)

Kanrgora Bus Stop (Survey Point II)

Kothi Bus Stop (Survey Point III)

Bhager Bus Stop (Survey

point IV)

Toll Exempted Vehicle

LCV 0 0 0 0

Truck 0 0 0 0

Passenger Vehicles 3002 1283 2287 4892

Freight Vehicles 813 178 488 1264

Total Fast Moving Vehicles

3806 1457 2770 6152

Total Slow Moving Vehicles

8 4 5 4

Total Vehicles 3814 1461 2775 6156

Total PCU 4616 1435 3242 8015

Source: Traffic Survey

4.6.2 Traffic Composition

The composition of cars and two wheelers is very high than any other mode of transport at each road. LCV and Trucks also move at National Highway-103 and State Highway-19.

4.6.3 Trip Purpose

The purpose of passenger tripsas revealed during the OD survey are religious/ social trips and work

trips. Cement, building material and timber/wood products contribute to the major share of

commodities being transported through the Planning Area.

4.6.4 Travel Pattern

The influence of various zones is analysed and the distribution in percentage is presented below. The

maximum trips are generated from the zone 1 (Ghumarwin) which is 29.22% of whole trips. The major

trip generator areas are Ghumarwin Tehsil, Berthin/Jhandutta Tehsil, Bilaspur, Naina Devi, Namhol and

Hamirpur.

4.6.5 Traffic Growth Rates

Normally, the growth potential of passenger traffic in a zone depends on its population and economic

growth rates. Therefore, both these parameters have been incorporated in forecasting of passenger

traffic. Further, taking into account the fact that the different modes of passenger traffic grow at

different rate, the elasticity with respect to population and income growth rates is graded differently

by different modes.

Growth potential of goods traffic is different from passenger traffic. This is more directly related to

zone’s economic activity and production levels than its population and income growth, although the

latter may strongly correlate with the former, especially the income growth.

Design traffic has been estimated as per IRC: SP: 73-2007 “Manual of Standards and Specifications for

Two Laning of National Highways on B.O.T Basis”. As per Clause 5.5.4 of IRC: SP: 73-2007, the traffic

growth rate shall be the highest of the following:-

a) 5% per annum for all vehicles categories

b) Trend Growth of various vehicle categories

Page 55: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 2

c) Growth determined from secondary socio-economic data and elasticity factors

In the absence of year wise vehicle registration data and statistical data 5% growth rate is assumed as

per standard.

The adopted growth rates for design is the highest of the following:-

(i) Estimated volume traffic growth rate for each vehicle types from the above method

(ii) 5% per annum for vehicle types

4.7 Traffic Forecast

Traffic projection for the project roads is calculated at two locations up to the year 2035 and shown in

below Table 4-6. It includes both direction of the traffic.

Table 4-6: Projected Normal/Total Traffic AADT (PCU)

Year Dangar Bus Stop, (Survey Point I)

Karngora Bus Stop (Survey Point II)

Kothi Bus Stop (Survey Point III)

Bhager Bus Stop (Survey point IV)

Nos. PCU Nos. PCU Nos. PCU Nos. PCU

2016 3814 4616 1461 1435 2776 3243 6156 8015

2017 4005 4846 1534 1507 2914 3405 6464 8415

2018 4205 5089 1611 1582 3060 3576 6787 8836

2019 4416 5343 1691 1662 3213 3754 7126 9278

2020 4636 5610 1776 1745 3374 3942 7483 9742

2021 4868 5891 1865 1832 3543 4139 7857 10229

2022 5112 6185 1958 1923 3720 4346 8250 10740

2023 5367 6495 2056 2020 3906 4563 8662 11277

2024 5636 6819 2159 2121 4101 4792 9095 11841

2025 5917 7160 2266 2227 4306 5031 9550 12433

2026 6213 7518 2380 2338 4521 5283 10027 13055

2027 6524 7894 2499 2455 4747 5547 10529 13708

2028 6850 8289 2624 2578 4985 5824 11055 14393

2029 7192 8704 2755 2707 5234 6115 11608 15113

2030 7552 9139 2893 2842 5496 6421 12188 15868

2031 7930 9596 3037 2984 5770 6742 12798 16662

2032 8326 10075 3189 3133 6059 7079 13438 17495

2033 8743 10579 3349 3290 6362 7433 14110 18369

2034 9180 11108 3516 3454 6680 7805 14815 19288

2035 9639 11664 3692 3627 7014 8195 15556 20252

4.8 Observations and Recommendations

At NH-103 from Bhager Bus Stop to Ghumarwin Chowk present traffic numbers show need of 4 Lane

two-way road in next 5years in year 2012 as per IRC notification (crossing 10000 PCU). However, this

is urban hilly road so due to limitations of widening, a bypass proposal can be given for this area. Reasons for proposing bypass are given below: -

i. Available ROW of NH-103 from Bhager to Ghumarwin Chowk and Ghumarwin Chowk to

Dangar is 9m to 12m, which is not sufficient for four lane two-way road.

ii. Proposal of 18m to 24m ROW for this area.

iii. Near Bhager Bus Stop present traffic is 8,015 PCU, near Kothi Bus Stop present traffic is

3,242 PCU and near Dangar Bus Stop present traffic is 4,616 PCU. At each location traffic

Page 56: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 3

figure shows that approximate 3,000PCU is moving from NH-103 to SH-19 from

Ghumarwin Chowk. The available carriage way (9m to 12m) of this area is not sufficient for

future planning.

iv. The high built-up, improper ROW and local traffic (vehicular as well as pedestrian) at

Ghumarwin Chowk will add in highway traffic which will create congestion and accidental

prone spots at that location specially for pedestrians.

At National Highway proposal of various types of development nodes (such as Trade and Hospitality

node near Bhager mohal, Cultural node near Ghumarwin Chowk, Multi Facility nodes at NH-103 near

Dangar village and Naswal village, SH-19 and MDR and one Biotech Park near Taraun village at NH-103) will generate additional traffic (vehicular as well as pedestrian) at highway which will again create

congestion at highway and create accidental prone spots.

i. High volume of through trafficcan be avoidedas it will create issues of traffic congestion

and accident pronezone in the core settlements.

ii. Considering convenience to the local traffic (mainly pedestrians) a bypass proposal should

be recommended for that area.

As per above reasons, twobypass has been proposed one from Chota Bhager bus stop to Kalri

connecting Khurari, Chibrin, Tarantara, Bharota, Loharwin Bus Stop, Matwana, Soi, Marhot villages of

24-25 m RoW and another from Awadhani to Patta via Baddu of 15 m RoW.

Other transportation proposals include:

A new proposed road from veterinary hospital behind SDM office to existing IPH road with

an RoW of 12 m

Widening of IPH Chowk road till the temple from 3 m to 9 m

Widening of Court road from IPH Chowk till Proposed Bhager-Kalri Bypass road from 3 m

to 9 m and9 m wide Road proposed from SH-19 through Proposed Bus Terminal till

Proposed Bhager-Kalri Bypass road.

Page 57: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 4

5. HOUSING

5.1 Introduction

The Population of GhumarwinPlanning Area as in census 2011 is 13,726and the number of Households

is 3,051 To understand the housing condition and situation of GhumarwinPlanning Area a 5% household survey was conducted in January 2017 and 210 households were surveyed (155 within the

Planning Area and another 55 in the surrounding villages). Apart from socio-economic aspect housing

characteristics were also surveyed.

5.2 Household Size

GhumarwinPlanning Area has an average household of size 4.5 as per Census of India, 2011.Table 5-1

shows that the household size has decreased from 5.1 in 1991 to 4.5 in 2011.

Table 5-1: Households in the Planning Area in Decadal Years

Year 1991 2001 2011

Population 8048 10,814 13,726

No.of Households 1578 2253 3051

Household size 5.1 4.8 4.5

Source: Housing Census 1991, 2001 and 2011

5.3 Housing Typology

Primarily, three types of housing typologies have been observed in the Planning Area:-

Courtyard houses

Row houses

Semi-detached houses

Detached houses

The settlement has majorly courtyard houses with no to minimal setback and large courtyard in the

centre. The rear side used for agriculture, cattle sheds or for other household activities.The houses are

generally rectangular in plan with a verandah in the front. A typical house is of two to three storeys. Openings are of small size and sometimes holes are made in the wooden plank partitions for

ventilation.

The areas outside Ghumarwin M.C. mostly have detached houses apart from abadi areas where

courtyard/ row houses and semi-detached houses are found.

Page 58: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 5

5.4 Condition of housing

Information on housing stock and its condition reveals living

condition of the people. There are three levels that have been

benchmarked to judge and understand the condition of

census houses namely good, liveable and dilapidated. As per Census 2011, 75.86% of the houses are in

good condition, 23.64% are liveable and 0.5% are in dilapidated condition. There is a need of new

housing stock to replace the dilapidated housesand cater to the housing demand of the Planning Area.

5.5 Age of Structure

According to the primary survey conducted 56% of the houses were built more than 20 years ago out

of which 21% are more than 40 years old. This shows that most of the housing stock have outlived the

liveable age of the structure. There is a need of new housing stock to cater the housing demand of the

Planning Area.

5.6 Structure use

The structure use pattern as

categorized by Census 2011 shows that,

97.7% of the total houses in

Ghumarwin are purely residential and

only 2.5% have residential cum other

use. The residential cum other use

structures are located in the old market

area within the Ghumarwin town as

well as along the National Highway.

Figure 5-2: Condition of Houses

Source: Census 2011

Figure 5-1: Age of Structure in Planning Area Source: Primary Survey

Figure 5-3: Type of Structures

Source: Census 2011

Page 59: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 6

5.7 Type of structures

As per census, houses have been classified as permanent, semi-permanent or temporary based on the

type of material use in construction of wall and roof. Nearly 82.56% houses are of Permanent category,

16.06% houses are of semi-permanent category and only 1.13% houses are of temporary category.

5.8 Building material used for construction

As per primary survey it is observed that about 61.28% households have RCC roof on their houses;

nearly 33.5% have stone or slate roof and another 2.2% have ‘Grass’ thatch, etc., as the material for the

roof. For wall, nearly 44% households have reported use of ‘Burnt brick’, 29% use stone packed with

mortar and about 14.9% ‘Mud / unburnt brick’. Nearly 71% households have cement flooring and about

21% households have mud flooring.

5.9 Housing Size & Dwelling Rooms

The quality of life of a person depends (among other factors) upon the size of dwelling unit available

to them. The average household size in GhumarwinPlanning Area is 4.5 as per census 2011. According

to the census 2011, 16% of the household live in 2 room dwelling unit, 13% households live in 3 room

dwelling unit, 25.7 % in 4 room and 37.63% in more than four rooms. Nearly 7.8% households live in

one room or no exclusive room. As the average household size is 4.5, for good living conditions people

should be living in at least two room dwelling unit. 7.8% households living in smaller dwelling unit

needs upgradation.

Figure 5-4: Material of Walls

Source: Census 2011

Figure 5-5: Material of Roof

Source: Census 2011

Page 60: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 7

5.10 No. of Stories

According to the primary survey most of the housing stock is plotted housing with average plot size

ranging from 500 to 1000 square feet. The structures are predominantly ground floor structures with

few two storey structures.

5.11 Ownership Status

As per Census 2011, 96% of the houses are owned and remaining 4% of the houses are occupied by

tenants, this indicates most of the people of Ghumarwin are natives and permanent residents of the

town. As the in-migration is increasing in the Planning Area, there has been an increase in the demand

for rental housingas per the primary survey.

5.12 Housing Need

The demand of housing in the year 2035 is calculated on the basis of projected population, household size and current housing shortage. The Development Plan2035 proposes to facilitate the provision of a fully serviced dwelling unit for each family and reduce the gap between housing shortage and supply

through suitable measures.

Table 5-2: Housing Forecast

Population 2011 13,726

Population 2035 26,048

Additional Population 2035 12,322

Household Size 4.5

Additional Housing Need 2,738

Present Housing Shortage - Due to Dilapidated and Temporary Structures 50

Total Housing Need 2,788

Figure 5-6: Ownership Status

Source: Census 2011 Figure 5-7: Dwelling Unit Size

Source: Census 2011

Page 61: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 8

The forecast has been based on the following assumptions:

Anticipated population growth as per the growth rates assumed;

Constant annual household formation rate for the entire Planning Area;

Replenishment of dilapidated (0.5%) and temporary structures (1.13%).

Planning norms, land use zoning, density, FAR, and building controls have been reviewed for housing,

both in new areas to be opened up and for redevelopment of existing areas. In the context of housing

strategy, it is essential to optimise utilization of land and space with a view to increasing net residential

density.

The additional housing units shall be provided in the following manner:

a) New Residential Developments: considering 65pph proposed gross density.

b) Re-densification of existing residential areas: considering 25% increase in the existing gross density

of 51.8pph to achieve 65pph in the existing areas also.

c) In case of dilapidated structures, if structure is below 50 years, it should be retrofitted, if structure

is above 50 years, it should be demolished and reconstructed as per the provided norms/standards.

Table 5-3 gives the details of housing needs every five years and shows the housing need zone wise.

Table 5-3: Year wise Housing Need

YEAR Additional Population Additional HH Housing Need

2015 1547 344 398

2020 2181 485 485

2025 2492 554 554

2030 2848 633 633

2035 3254 722 722

TOTAL 12,322 2,738 2,788

Page 62: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 3 9

6. PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

6.1 Water Supply

6.1.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation

The Irrigation and Public Health (I&PH) Department of Himachal Pradesh supply

water to all the domestic and commercial

establishments in Ghumarwin Planning

Area. Both Ground and surface water are

the sources of potable supplied water in

this area. Ground water is extracted by

deep tube wells and then lifted to the

Main storage tanks. From the Main

Storage Tanks (MSTs), water is supplied to

the Sub Storage tanks (SSTs) through

gravity. From the SSTs, the water is

distributed throughout the Planning Area. Surface water is collected through Lift

Water Supply Schemes from Streams,

Rivers and Rivulets. The water is stored in the sump well and then directed to Treatment plants where

water is treated through slow sand filter belt by sedimentation process. The treated water is stored in

Main Storage Tanks (MSTs). From MSTs water is brought to Sub Storage Tanks (SSTs) by gravity and

from SSTs water is supplied to the habitation.

1.10 MLD is supplied to all rural settlements in the Planning Area. Out of the total water supply (1.10

MLD) to the Planning Area, 61% is by the hand pumps, 23% is piped water supply and 16% by the

combined Water Supply Schemes.

In Ghumarwin Municipal Council, 0.67 MLD of water is supplied as per 85 lpcd service level. Ground

water is the main source of water in Ghumarwin Municipal Council.

Water Supply Schemes

There are 206 water supply schemes functional in rural areas within Planning Area, out of which 22 are

lift piped Water Supply (PWS), Hand Pumps and sixteen combined Water Supply Schemes. Ground

Water is the major source of potable water in the entire Planning Area. It covers 85% of the water

supply schemes. Rest 15% Water Supply Schemes are covered by Surface water sources.

Out of the total functional Water Supply Schemes (206) in rural areas, only one combined water supply

scheme supply water at 125 lpcd service level in Barota village. Two Lift Water Supply Schemes (WSS) supply water according to the CPHEEO standards i.e. 70 lpcd in Dangar and Awdhani villages. Rest of

the water supply schemes have benchmarks from 39 to 60 lpcd in the Planning Area. The average

service level benchmark in the Planning Area is 46.5 lpcd.

61%23%

16%

Hand Pump Lift Water Supply

Combined Water Supply

Figure 6-1: Existing Water Supply

Source: NRWDP, Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation

(MoDWS)

Page 63: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 0

Water Supply through Hand Pumps

Out of the total water supply in rural areas, 0.67 MLD (61%) is supplied through hand pumps. There

are 168 hand pump schemes operational in the Planning Area which serve 51% of population at

average 39 lpcd service level to 29 villages.

Lift Water Supply Schemes

0.25 MLD (23%) is supplied by 22 lift Water Supply Schemes (LWS) in eleven revenue Mohals. It serves

18% of the total population in the Planning Area at average 48 lpcd service level bench mark. There

are two LWS schemes which supply water at 70 lpcd service level (as per CPHEEO norms) to Dangar

and Awdhanni villages. Rest of the schemes supply water at less than 70 lpcd service level.

Combined Water Supply Scheme

Out of the total supplied water, 0.18 MLD (16%) is supplied by the combined water supply schemes to

three revenue mohals in the Planning Area at average 73 lpcd service level. Revenue Mohals like

Barota, Taraun and Chuwari are connected by the combined water supply schemes.

Demand and Gap Assessment

A water demand projection for 20 years considering 2015 as base year and target year as 2035 is

presented in the table below. This long term projection is undertaken to evaluate the need for

augmentation of water resources. Given the situation in Planning Area, augmentation of water sources

has a long lead time. The effects of non-revenue water reduction, which will take considerable many

years to achieve, are also considered.

Detailed water demand projections are therefore made for the base year 2015, prospective year 2025

and target year 2035. Water Demand is computed considering the water requirement for the core

population, floating population, water requirement for industries, commercial, intuitional in the

Planning Area; fire demand and transmission & distribution losses@15%. The abstract of the water

demand is given below. Norms in CPHEEO Manual are adopted for calculating water demand.

Table 6-1: Total Water Demand and Gap

Description Year

2015 2025 2035

Total Domestic Population 15,273 19,945 26,048

Total Domestic Water Demand 2.06 2.69 3.52

Commercial Demand 0.14 0.18 0.23

Industrial Demand 0.03 0.04 0.05

Institutional Demand 0.02 0.03 0.04

Floating Population 3,116 4,069 5,314

Floating Demand 0.14 0.18 0.24

Fire Demand @ 100√P 0.39 0.45 0.51

Total Water Demand 2.78 3.57 4.58

15% losses 0.42 0.53 0.69

Grand Total of Water Demand 3.20 4.10 5.27

Existing Piped Water Supply 0.43 0.43 0.43

Gap 2.77 3.67 4.84

Source: Calculated as per CPHEEO Manual

Page 64: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 1

A look at the total water demand indicates the extent of the shortage of potable water supplies in

Planning Area. Even by taking the population of base year 2015 total water demand is estimated to be

about 3.20 MLD whereas supply is 1.10 MLD through existing Hand Pumps, Lift Water Supply &

Combined water supply scheme which is not matching the requirement of 2015. The same time

population has grown to 19,945 & 26,048 for Intermediate and target year. Hence it was felt necessary

for a Comprehensive Water project was found necessary for the Planning Area keeping the present

needs and the deficiencies to address the same. A comprehensive and futuristic water needs of the

Planning Area was worked out to provide 24x7 water supply without compromising on quality of the

water supplied. For this purpose, the water demand up to year 2025, 2035 was worked at 4.10 MLD

and 5.27 MLD respectively.

Water Sources and Treatment

The existing water sources can be used to meet up water demand for the Planning Area. Presently,

existing water treatment plant is sufficient to fed water to Planning Area. Based on 2035 demand water

treatment plant required to be augmented.

Table 6-2: Water Treatment Demand

Description Year

2015 2025 2035

Grand Total of Water Demand 3.20 4.10 5.27

WTP Capacity Required (MLD) 3.66 4.70 6.04

Existing WTP Capacity (MLD) 3.67 9.19 9.19

Augmentation required (MLD) NIL NIL NIL

Source: Calculated as per CPHEEO Manual

As per information received from I&PH, Ghumarwin Sub-Division, 5.30 MLD WTP has been proposed.

Water Storage and Distribution

The present water supply system in project area is intermittent this to be developed into 24x7 hours.

Fire Stations and other Fire-Fighting Facilities

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, there is a fire station located in Ghumarwin town. Currently, this fire

station is dealing with the fire incidents in the Planning Area. As per the URDPFI norms, at a population

of 50,000, there should be a fire station. The projected population of Ghumarwin Planning Area is

26,048. Hence, the existing fire station is adequate to cater the needs and there is no further

requirement for a fire station for the Planning Area.

6.1.2 Service Level Benchmarking

Service level benchmarking have been formulated by the MoUD with a view to achieving all-round

sustainability including environmental sustainability.

Page 65: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 2

Table 6-3: Service Level Benchmarking for Water Supply System (2015-2035)

Sl.

No. Services

Ultimate Benchmark as per MoUD, GoI Guidelines

Present Status (%)

1 Coverage of Piped Water Supply connections

100% 39%

2 Per Capita Supply of Water in Project area

135 lpcd 47 lpcd

3 Extent of Non-revenue Water 15% NA

4 Extent of Metering 100% 52%

5 Continuity of Water supplied 24 Hours 6 Hours

6 Efficiency in redressal of customer complaints

80% 70%

7 Quality of Water Supplied 100% 100%

8 Cost Recovery 100% 100%

9 Efficiency in collection of Water charges 90% 80%

Source: Based on NMSH, MoUD, GoI, 2014 and Study on Planning Area

6.1.3 Key Issues & challenges The existing water supply system for the study area is not sufficient to cater even the existing water

demand of the area

Intermittent water supply system

Water losses

Consumers lack awareness for consumption of water

6.1.4 Development Strategies

The present water supply system in project area is intermittent, this is proposed to be developed into

24x7 hours. Decentralization in the distribution system ensures equalization of supply of water

throughout the area. Each decentralized area should have its separate distribution network served by

the elevated and/or ground level service reservoirs. The required storage capacity of service reservoirs

is 1.50 ML per day for vision year (2035) and the existing service reservoirs capacity is 1.46 ML including

fire tanks as per information received from IPH Ghumarwin, so proposed scheme can utilize existing

storage of 1.46 ML.

Short Term Strategies

Develop strategies for improvement and utilization of existing water supply schemes for the

potential demands and adequate supply of potable water in the region.

Water supply shall be on 24x7 for equity, effective metering and for best hygiene model of

supply. Systems leaks & thefts can easily be revealed only with a 24x7 supply pattern.

100% coverage

Replacement or Repair the old/defunct system/network, if any

Streamlining of household connections as well as legalized connections

Page 66: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 3

Implementation of 100% Consumer metering system

Awareness program for optimization of water use, recycling and recharging

Introducing SCADA system to minimise water losses and theft

Complaint redressal centers to be set up to look after the issues on water supply

Systems should function with minimum interruption and failures.

Detailed Operation and Maintenance Programme

Long Term Strategies

Use of Recycled water for meeting horticulture, air-conditioning, industrial cooling and other

non-potable uses

Additional 1.00 MLD capacity of water treatment plant after 2025

Implementation of Rain Water Harvesting Scheme.

6.1.5 Proposed Water Supply Projects

Based on the existing water supply and demand analysis, there are some potential projects can be

proposed for water supply projects in the study area. Some of the potential projects are-

Detailed analysis of existing water sources and supply system

Detailed designing of water supply system (DPR)

Implementation of 24x7 water supply system

Implementation of 100% Consumer metering system

Introducing SCADA system to minimise water losses and theft

Implementation of Rainwater Harvesting Scheme

Detailed Operation and Maintenance Programme

6.2 Sewerage System

Availability of sufficient quantity of safe water is a basic requirement for survival of human beings. Water can be contaminated by several means. Most of the bacteriological contamination of water

originates from the faeces of human, animals and birds. Due to the wide practice of septic tanks in

habitations without collection systems, absence of appropriate necessary further downstream

treatment, non-availability of supportive sullage management and absence of septage management,

especially in relatively denser populations in peri-urban and land scarce areas, compounded by open

defecation in rural settings in sandy soils, much of the shallow groundwater as well as surface water

sources are contaminated by pathogens. Provision of facilities and services for the wastewater

treatment is very essential because 80% of diseases are caused by improper sanitation / inadequate

hygienic conditions. A 10% extra investment is wastewater treatment is expected to result in an 80% savings in providing basic health care. Improper wastewater management also has significant adverse

effect on wild life and fisheries. Discharge of wastewater into water bodies also leads to loss of

recreational facilities and quality of life.

The components of sewerage system are the house connection, conveyance network, pumping

system, the treatment facility and the disposal strategy. The conveyance is by gravity and the

treatment facility is located at the lowest point.

Page 67: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 4

6.2.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation

Presently, only Ghumarwin MC Area has centralised sewerage system in the entire Planning Area. As

per the estimation made by MC, 872 connections would be provided in the MC area. According to the

Status Report, dated 31-11-2014, only 540 households have sewerage connections that amounts only

30% of the total households in the MC Area and rest of the households have septic tanks (62%) and

pit latrines (8%). The sewerage connectivity has been given to 870 houses as per the plan by I&PH

(one connection for 26 persons) in MC area but only 540 connections have been sanctioned. The detail

of the ward wise Sewerage scheme in Ghumarwin MC is as follows.

Table 6-4: Sewerage Generation and Gap

Source: Ghumarwin Municipal Council, Compiled Report

Taking 80% of total water supply and 10% infiltration as per CPHEEO Manual on Sewage and Sewage

Treatment, Clause 3.6, future sewage generation projected is as follows:

Table 6-5: Sewerage Generation and Gap

Description Year

2015 2025 2035

Total Sewage Generation including infiltration (MLD) 2.47 3.22 4.19

STP Capacity (MLD) 2.59 3.38 4.40

Existing STP Capacity (MLD) 0.59 1.20 1.20

Augmentation required (MLD) 2.00 2.18 3.20

Source: Calculated as per CPHEEO Manual

Ward Number Name of Ward Status of Sewage system

1 Baddu Sewerage work started & in progress.

2 Indira Sewerage Work completed and partly connected.

3 Ambedkar Sewerage work partly completed. Area of Shastri colony has not yet

been connected due to land dispute. People do not allow the I&PH dept.

to lay out the lines as well as to the other people. 50% connections are

stopped due to land dispute/laying of Sewerage line.

4 Kalyana Sewerage work partly done, work in Silh, Harkukar & Barota areas not

started by the I&PH Dept. The work has been awarded.

5 Bajoha Sewerage work partly completed & in progress.

6 Tikkri Sewerage work partly completed and work could not be started in

Abdhanighat & Nanglu area due to level problem. The I& PH Dept.

planned to divert the line from other area but the people refused to lay

the line from their area/fields as a result the work has been stopped.

7 Dakri Sewerage work partly completed & in progress. Work is completed up

to 90% but the people are not taking connections.

Page 68: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 5

Sewage Treatment and Disposal

Projected sewage generation for 2035 will be 4.19 MLD. A Sewerage Treatment Plant of 1.20 MLD

capacity has been set up in the Municipal boundary for treatment of sewage generated from Municipal

area as well as near-by villages. Presently, the existing STP treats and dispose an amount of 0.59 MLD

sewage in the Seer Khad. Augmentation of STP is required depend upon the availability of land or new

STP to be setup as per demand estimation.

6.2.2 Service Level Benchmarking

The following table explains the impact of the implementation of the above-mentioned measures on

the service level benchmarks of Sewerage and Sanitation of the Planning Area.

Table 6-6: Service Level Benchmarking for Sewerage and Sanitation (2015-2035)

Sl.

No. Services

Ultimate Benchmark as per MoUD, GoI Guidelines (%)

Present Status (%)

1 Coverage of Toilets 100 NA

2 Coverage of Sewerage Network Services

100 60

3 Collection Efficiency of Sewerage Network

100 60

4 Adequacy of Sewage Treatment capacity

100 70

5 Quality of Sewage Treatment 100 90

6 Extent of reuse and recycling of sewage 20 NA

7 Efficiency in redressal of customer complaints

80 0

8 Extent of cost recovery in sewage management

100 0

9 Efficiency in collection of sewerage charges

90 0

Source: Based on NMSH, MoUD, GoI, 2014

6.2.3 Key Issues & challenges

Wide practice of septic tank

Discharge of domestic sewage, rotten food materials and vegetation causing bacteriological

contamination of water

6.2.4 Development Strategies

As per the gap and deficiency identified in the existing sewerage system of the study area, an

integrated approach is required to cater the sustainable solution.

The project area needs to develop a proper integrated centralized/decentralized sewage collection and

treatment method.

Page 69: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 6

Possibilities of recycle/reuse of waste water shall be incorporated in the development plan to reduce

the burden on water supply system. All the household/community septic tanks should be connected

to the sewer network.

It is to be ensured that Sewage flows through gravity minimizing the use of energy for pumping.

An efficient sewerage and wastewater disposal system is of critical importance with respect to

maintaining high standards of health and hygiene in the Planning Area.

The sewerage system proposed for Planning Area aims at the provision of such a facility in a cost

effective and organized manner, by establishing a hierarchical distribution of sewer networks in the

urban landscape. The aim here is to regulate the diameter of the sewerage pipes, which is the costliest

entity of the system, by establishing a distinct hierarchy in the collection system catering to its optimal

needs.

Reuse options for Treated Wastewater

The outlet water quality parameters after treatment should be in accordance with IS:10500. Possibilities of reuse of waste water shall needs to be incorporated in the detailed masterplan on

sewerage system to reduce the burden on water supply system. Treated water from STP should be

recycled as per URDPFI Guidelines and sludge can be used as manure for agriculture and plantation. It should be aimed to achieve 100% coverage of sewerage connections to every household.

Provision of an efficient sewerage system throughout the study area needs to be put in place which

can be ensured by

Laying sewerage network lines

Sewage treatment needs to be carried out before disposal

To ensure hygienic condition and environmental sanitation

The drainage system of thePlanning Area should not be attached with the sewerage network.

6.2.5 Proposed Sewerage System Projects

Based on the existing system and demand analysis, there are some potential projects can be proposed

for sewerage system projects in the study area.

Some of the potential projects are:-

Detailed analysis of existing supply system

Detailed designing of sewerage system (DPR)

Implementation of Centralized/ decentralized collection, treatment and disposal of the sewage

generated

Sewage Treatment plant

Construction of adequate public toilets complex at public places

Recycle & use of treated sewage- Tapping of a portion of the sewage generated to be used for

greening of the open areas through De-centralised Waste Water System

Detailed Operation and Maintenance Programme

Page 70: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 7

6.3 Storm Water Drainage Network

6.3.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation

Ghumarwin Planning Area is almost a flat area (slope <10%) where provision of drainage is very

important for draining out the storm water to near-by natural inlets to avoid water logging. The annual

average rainfall in the district is about 308mm, predominantly in the monsoon between July to

September.

The Sutlej River is touches the southern crest of the Planning Area and flows from north to South. The

seer khad, the tributary of Sutlej River, dissects the Planning Area near Ghumarwin Town and flows

parallel to Sutlej River and joins it 30km (nearly) downstream from the Ghumarwin town. The Makan

khad, an inlet of the Seer Khad flows along the north western boundary of the Planning Area and joins

Seer Khad 5km (nearly) downstream of the Planning Area. Seer Khad is another tributary of Sutlej

River. The Khads and the Rivers form a parallel drainage system in the Planning Area.

The total length of the road maintained by PWD Bharari is 22 km. The entire stretch of the roads (22

km. i.e. 100%) under this division have drainage facilities. Out of the total drain lengths, 59% (13 km) is the kutcha drains and rest 41% (9 km) is pucca drains.

In the Planning Area, drains are attached with the PWD roads. The total length of the roads maintained

by PWD Ghumarwin is 39.5 km. out of which 36.3 km roads have proper storm water drains which

occupies 92% of the total road length. Out of the total length of the drains in Ghumarwin sub-division,

48% (17.5 km) is kutcha drains and rest 52% (18.8 km) is Pucca drains.

IPH Ghumarwin is constructed rain water harvesting structure over Seer Khad. Working estimated cost

of the proposal is 47,32,24,200.00. The following provision has been made in the working estimate for

constructing rain water harvesting structures.

Construction of silt retention dam

Construction of non-over flow dam

Construction of overflow spillway

Construction of gated spillway

Construction of piers

Construction of structural steel gates

Construction of inspection path

Construction of wire crates to protect the inspection path.

It is also proposed that the land for these construction works will be provided by Govt. of Himachal

Pradesh at free of cost.

As per the gap and deficiency identified, an integrated approach is required to cater the sustainable

drainage solution. As an integrated approach, some of the drains will run alongside of the roads

(Roadside Drains) and others may follow natural slope (Cross Drain).

6.3.2 Service Level Benchmarking

Service level benchmarking have been formulated by the MoUD with a view to achieving all-round

sustainability including environmental sustainability.

Page 71: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 8

Table 6-7: Service Level Benchmarking for Storm water Drainage System (2015-2035)

Sl. No. Services Ultimate Benchmark as per MoUD, GoI Guidelines (%)

Present Status (%)

1 Coverage of storm water drainage network 100% 95%

2 Incidence of water logging 0% NA

3

Construction of new drains and conversion

of Katcha drains (earthen, natural drains)

into Pucca drains with additional provision

to carry 20% discharge.

100% NA

4 Cleaning of drains twice in a year 100% NA

5

Incidence of people affected in vulnerable areas and property damaged during

flooding. 0% NA

6 Rejuvenation of water bodies once in two

years. 100% NA

7 Provision of pumping arrangement in low

lying areas/water logging areas. 100% NA

8 Extent of rain water harvesting in buildings

etc. 100% NA

9 Incidence of sewage mixing in the drains 0% NA

Source: Projections based on NMSH, MoUD, GoI, 2014

6.3.3 Key Issues & challenges

As per the issues identified in the existing drainage system of the town, an integrated approach is

required to cater the sustainable drainage solution.

The existing system suffers with the following deficiencies:

In absence of regular solid waste collection, wastes dumped into the drains, which leads to

choking and overflowing of drains.

The width of the existing drains is further narrowed because of encroachment, causing

obstructions to the free flow of storm water.

Systematic and integrated drainage plan for the study area is not in place.

The natural storm water is mixed with garbage which creates environmental pollution and

public health concerns.

The city has poor capacity for effective periodic maintenance of the drains in terms of cleaning

and de-silting.

Page 72: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 4 9

6.3.4 Development Strategies

As per CPHEEO Manual on Sewage and sewage treatment, Clause 3.3.1.1 to 3.3.1.3, Rainfall intensity

calculated from monthly rainfall data of last 11 years comes out to be 63.86 mm/hr. considering once

in 5 years as storm frequency and 30 minutes as Time of concentration. Rational method was used for

computation of run-off, which is recommended for urban areas by CPHEEO– Drainage Design Manual.

Figure 6-2: Intensity-Duration Curve

Source: Calculated based on CPHEEO Manual

As an integrated approach, some of the drains will run alongside of the roads (Roadside Drains) and

others may follow natural slope (Cross Drain). The study area is broadly divided into 178 catchments,

which is further divided into smaller sub-catchments. All the major Catchments draining itself to major

streams/water bodies. Key feature of the network is use of natural streams, to minimize the drain

section. Several outfalls are proposed in order to enable safe conveyance of runoff discharge. The total

runoff generated for entire study is 128.669 Cumecs.

The drains will run along the roads, either one side or both side as per road camber. Wherever the

drain proposed to be closed, it will be necessary to provide a horizontal/vertical entry into the drain at

the same time not obstructing free passage for the pedestrians or vehicles. Hence, wherever road of

width greater than 10 m, kerb opening inlets as shown are proposed at every 50 m interval to provide

horizontal entry into the drain. Since the roads with road width less than 10 m cannot accommodate

Kerb Inlets, Perforated Cover Slabs are proposed at every 50 m interval.

All the primary and secondary drains should be covered. These covers will protect the storm drains

from disposal of garbage, debris, etc. and also may serve as walkway for pedestrian in narrow roads. Natural storm water should not have mixed with sewage/sullage and garbage. There are need for

provisions of restoration of rainwater for meeting the upcoming water demand for agriculture and

other household purposes by upgrading the existing water bodies/ponds.

Storm water Drainage (SWD) system should designed as a separate system to carry storm

water by gravity for the entire project area. Storm water drains are designed with a certain

gradient, which will create a self-cleansing velocity, as these drains will carry storm water along

with grit, silt and other impurities. All the primary storm water drains should be designed to

have a capacity to carry the total discharge of all secondary and tertiary storm water drains.

195.34

126.75

98.4282.24

71.55

63.8653.37

49.58

46.43 41.44 34.63 30.13

0

50

100

150

200

250

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

RA

IN F

ALL

INTE

NSI

TY (

I) IN

MM

/H

R

DURATION (T) IN MIN

Page 73: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 0

Regular and proper operation and maintenance of drainage facility is essential to function. It

is also accepted that for quality maintenance of drainage system, optimum use of labour,

equipment and material is required to keep the system in good condition, so that storm water

is efficiently conveyed up to disposal point.

Existing nallahs running through the study area should be improved to increase the efficiency

of natural channels. Improvement works shall consist of desilting of channel, development of

banks, improvement of side slopes and development of green belt around the nallahs and

provision of culverts at road crossings.

It is very important for all upcoming new developments to have rain water harvesting

measures. Even government can improve the urban environment by providing recharge wells

at suitable locations.

Detailed Operation and Maintenance Programme

Detailed Hydrology study for further proper flood management plan

Flood Management

It is proposed to rejuvenate the rivers and study the existing detailed condition of culverts and bridges

to improve their hydraulic capacity. There is a need to improve the natural drainage pattern by de-silting the natural drains and removing the blockages created by sewage. The existing storm network

along the roads needs to be strengthened in terms of coverage and capacity. A hydrology model should

be developed and flood lines of 25 and 50 years need to mapped based on the modelling.

Rainwater Harvesting

Long term water level declines as a result of injudicious exploitation of groundwater resource has led

to several vexing problems. Some of these problems are reduced well yields, low water level and

leakage into the aquifer of highly mineralised water. In order to over-come these serious

environmental implications, the recharge potential of groundwater resource has to be given utmost

importance.

Rain water harvesting is the technique of collection and storage of rain water at surface or in sub-surface aquifers, before it is lost as surface run-off. The augmented resource can be harvested in the

time of need. Artificial recharge to ground water is a process by which the ground water reservoir is

augmented at rate exceeding that under natural conditions of replenishment. For the economic design

of drains, it is necessary to trap the rain water by rain water harvesting structures.

6.3.5 Proposed Projects

Based on the existing system and gap analysis, there are some potential projects can be proposed.

Detailed Master Plan for Storm Water Drainage system for further detailed assessment and solution

of drainage proposal

Detailed Hydrology study of existing nallahs/ canals/ river for proper flood management plan and to

improve efficiency to cater storm water from outfalls.

Detailed designing of storm water system (DPR)

Implementation of integrated storm water drainage system

Proper outfall structures

Page 74: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 1

Rainwater harvesting system

Detailed Operation and Maintenance Programme

6.4 Solid Waste Management

6.4.1 Existing Situation and Demand Estimation

Existing Waste Management in Ghumarwin Municipal Council Area

Presently, there is no solid waste management system in the Planning Area except in the Ghumarwin

Municipal Council. The solid waste is dumped in the ground in a regular interval in outside M.C. areas

whereas within M.C. Area, the solid waste is collected and disposed at the landfill site.

Presently, per day solid waste generation in the Ghumarwin Municipal Council is 2.2 MT which is

collected from different dustbins installed in MC area. There is one garbage collection vehicle is used

for collecting waste from different dustbins and dispose it in the single lifter truck. The dumping site is

located in mohal LehriSarel, which is private land taken on lease basis by Municipal Council,

Ghumarwin. Door to door collection has been initiated by the Ghumarwin MC committee which covers

55 HHs (3%) out of 1794 HHs in the MC area. The door to door collection would be extended to other

areas in MC as well which would cover additional 85 HHs more by the end of 2016. The coverage of

door to door collection would increase to 8%.

Existing Waste Management in Rural Areas

There are no waste management facilities available in the rural areas in the Planning Area. As per the

Census of India, 2011, there are 13726rural Population in the Planning Area which produce 6.5 MT

solid waste per day. For the proper waste management in the rural areas in the Planning Area, waste

collection vehicles and a landfill site is required.

Bio Medical Waste Management

The biomedical waste generated from the Civil Hospital of Ghumarwin is disposed by Common Bio-Medical Waste Treatment Facility Plan, located at Kullu with an incinerator of 70kg. /day capacity. It caters to the entire Bilaspur district. Per day biomedical waste generation in thePlanning Area is 48kg

which is collected on every alternate day.

Projected SWM Generation and Gap Assessment

The Planning Area has a small population density, the waste generation factor of 0.30 kg/capita/day is

taken for core population and 0.15 kg/capita/day is taken for floating population.

The number of waste generating inhabitants as well as collection is assumed to rise to a higher

percentage of the total population. With passing time as a consequence of ameliorated collection

systems the percentages are due to rise in coverage which leads to increase in accumulated daily waste

production from 2.94 ton/day to 29.86 ton/da..

The following table gives estimated solid waste generated in the Planning Area at the end of the plan

period (2035) and the estimated waste reaching the land fill site.

The following assumptions were considered:

Page 75: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 2

Waste generated per day: 0.3 kg per capita per day.

Solid waste growth factor: 1.33 percent per annum (Ministry of Urban Development standard).

Quantity of solid waste reaching landfill: 39 percent of total waste (based on National average).

Table 6-8: Solid Waste Generation and Gap

Sl. No. Description 2015 2025 2035

1 Population including floating population 18388 24014 31362

2 Solid Waste Generation Annual (tons/day) 2.94 5.74 10.59

3 Annual Cumulative Solid Waste Generation

(tons/day) 2.94 12.26 29.86

4 Existing Treatment Facility (tons) 3.00 3.00 3.00

5 Gap (tons) -0.06 2.74 7.59

Source : Calculated as per CPHEEO Manual and MoUD Standard

6.4.2 Service Level Benchmarking Table 6-9: Service Level Benchmarking for Solid Waste Management (2015-2035)

Sl. No. Services Ultimate Benchmark as per MoUD, GoI Guidelines (%)

Present Status (%)

1

Household level coverage of SWM

services through door-to-door

collection of waste

100 8

2 Collection Efficiency of Solid waste 100 80

3 Extent of segregation of waste 100 NA

4 Extent of MSW Recovered 80 NA

5 Extent of scientific disposal of waste of landfill sites

100 NA

6 Efficiency in redressal of customer complaints

80 NA

7

Extent of cost recovery for

ULB/NP/Authorized agency in SWM

services

100 NA

8 Efficiency in collection of SWM charges 90 NA

Source : Projections based on NMSH, MoUD, GoI, 2014

6.4.3 Issues and Concerns

The analysis of existing solid waste management practices of study area indicates that the city has no

structured primary and secondary collection, disposal arrangements. Integrated solid waste

management for study area requires the use of various instruments for improved service delivery.

Collection and storage of waste is an important issue which has great impact on the overall solid waste

management system.

Page 76: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 3

Awareness levels in terms of importance of solid waste management has a huge scope for

improvement. Installation of community bins and regular collection and transportation of roadside

wastes to the identified dumping site need to be done.

Segregation of waste needs to be done before transfer to landfill site.

The range of issues that needs to be addressed are listed below.

Effective public participation in segregation of recyclable waste and storage of waste at

source.

Effectiveness of awareness building or direct community involvement.

User Charges.

Waste Minimization and Recycling.

Integrated Waste Treatment.

Regional Sanitary Landfill Facility.

Institutional strengthening and human resources development.

6.4.4 Key Takeaways and Future requirement

Studies on solid waste composition needs to be carried out for study area. Proper collection,

transportation & segregation system need to be developed. Proper landfill site need to be developed

based on vision year demand.

When designing a waste management system, the composition of solid waste is another important

factor that needs to be taken into account, especially when determining the most appropriate recovery

possibilities, as well as the treatment and final disposal systems.

An effective waste management system should include the following:

Proper Waste collection and transportation.

Segregation of Solid Waste at source

Resource recovery through sorting and recycling of materials.

Resource recovery through waste processing by using composting or waste to energy

approaches.

Waste minimization by reducing volume, toxicity or other physical/chemical properties of

waste to make it safe for final disposal.

Disposal of waste in an environmentally safe and sustainable manner through land filling.

Recycling of Solid waste

Commissioning of landfilling site.

Integrated management of Solid waste.

Incineration for treatment of biomedical waste.

Awareness generation for reduce, reuse and recycling of Solid waste

Private Sector Participation in SWM at Urban Local Body Level

Given the lack of in-house capability of municipal authorities and paucity of financial resources, it is

desirable to outsource certain services and resort to private sector/NGO participation in providing

SWM services.

Page 77: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 4

Experience the world over has shown that private sector participation (PSP) results in cost savings and

improvement in efficiency and effectiveness in service delivery mainly due to financial and managerial

autonomy and accountability in private sector operations. Besides, it brings in new investment and

better technologies. In developed countries the private sector manages most of the SWM services.

In India, by and large, municipal authorities are providing solid waste management services

departmentally. Resistance from labour unions and interpretations of labour laws have discouraged

city administrations from contracting out services to private operators. Of late, some experiments to

privatize certain SWM services have demonstrated improvement in the level of services in a cost-effective manner.

The Sundernagar cluster has proposed for the integrated waste management in Mandi District by

Directorate of Urban development, Shimla.

6.4.5 Proposed Solid Waste Management Projects

For achieving the goal and implementing the strategies various projects need to be undertaken. Some

of the proposed projects are-

100% waste collection.

Waste transfer stations which will include the following:

a) Decentralized compost plants.

b) Sorting and recycling yards.

Waste treatment facility Sanitary landfill.

Information Communication Education (ICE) for solid waste management.

Energy/resource recovery from waste.

6.5 Power

6.5.1 Existing Situation

The power supply is supplied in Ghumarwin Planning Area by the Himachal Pradesh State Electricity

Board Limited (HPSEBL). The HPSEBL has three sub-divisions within the Planning Area, namely

Ghumarwin-I, Ghumarwin-II and Kandraur. The power supply of Ghumarwin Planning Area is being

managed from (1X5+1x4) mVA 33/11kV Substation at Naswal & (2x6.3) mVA, 33/11kV Substation at

Kandraur.

Hydroelectricity is the main source of power supply for HPSEB as well as HPSEB exports power through

major transmission lines to various parts in India.

Based on the information collected during site visits, it is found that three no's. 11kV Feeder emanating

from 33/11kV Substation at Naswal & one no. 11kV Feeder emanating from 33/11kV Substation at

Kandraur feeding the Ghumarwin Planning Area. The details of existing power infrastructures are as

follows:

Table 6-10: Existing Power Distribution in GhumarwinPlanning Area

Particular Unit Details

A. Basic Information

Name of the Project Area Ghumarwin

Page 78: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 5

District Bilaspur

Total Number of Consumers No. 21532

Total Population (as per 2011 census) No. 28251

B. Asset Information

Total Number of 33/11 kV Sub-stations feeding the

Project Area

Numbers 2

Number & capacity of Power Transformers Numbers/MVA 4 / 21.6

Total Number 11 kV Feeders feeding the Project Area

Numbers 4

Total Length of 11 kV Feeders kM *Not Available

Total Number of Distribution Transformers Numbers 43

Total Capacity of Distribution Transformers MVA 6697

C. Commercial Information

Particulars FY(2013-14) FY(2014-15) FY(2015-16)

Power Consumption MVA 4.85 5.25 5.45

Energy Input MU 23149400 25751263 27937490

Energy Sale MU 21610612 23750464 25971981

Revenue Billed Rs. lac 74337163 81454754 87369322

Revenue collected Rs. lac 68824629 68304631 84417784

Billing Efficiency % 93% 92% 93%

Collection Efficiency % 93% 84% 97%

AT&C Losses % 13.57% 22.66% 10.18%

Category Wise Consumers Connection

There are 21532 connections in the Ghumarwin-I, II & Kandraur Sub-division of Ghumarwin Planning

Area. Out of the total connections 80.6% are domestic, 13.4% are commercial, 0.7% are NDNC and

5.3% are comes in others category. Category wise consumer connection details is given in below table:

Table 6-11: Consumers Details, FY-2015-16

Category

Electrical Sub Division

Ghumarwin - I Ghumarwin - II Kandraur

Domestic 3839 1547 11971

Commercial 1372 272 1245

NDNC 31 28 85

Others 354 43 745

Total 5596 1890 14046

Schedule & Unscheduled Outages

In Ghumarwin Sub-division-II, the scheduled outages have been reduced from 75.54 hours in year

2012-13 to 6.20 hours in year 2015-16. The unscheduled outages have also reduced from 417.58 hours

in year 2012-13 to 283.21 hours in 2015-16.

Table 6-12: Scheduled and Unscheduled Outages

Outages 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

Scheduled (in Hours) 75.54 62.53 6.21 6.2

Unscheduled (in Hours) 417.58 358.06 297.01 283.21

Page 79: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 6

6.5.2 Electricity Demand Forecasting

Load forecast is the first stage in planning any power system. It serves as an input for the most critical

areas of the power system planning namely, generation, transmission, and distribution planning and

tariff setting. The aim of load forecast study is to provide a comparative between the projected Peak

Demand Load and projected Energy Consumption for the next 20 years. This load forecasting study will

help to propose generation, transmission and distribution expansion programs on the basis of

economic activities and population growth at Ghumarwin Planning Area.

After analyzing the data, it is found that the key factors which can affect the load forecast for the

Planning Area for the next twenty years are as follows:

Estimation of suppressed demand

High level of unmetered sale

Transmission and distribution losses

Availability and Reliability of historical data

In this study, the settlements have been categorized based on population and urbanization level. The

per-capita or per-household electricity consumption will vary from one type to another depending on

the population growth and the expected future development in each type.

Electricity Demand forecasting objective

The following provisions have been made in the scheme: -

Improvement of existing system for better service, quality and reduction in the line losses.

Long term planning has been incorporated to enable the existing system to sustain the load

growth for the next twenty years (up to 2035).

6.5.3 Key Assumptions in Demand Forecasting Study

Base Year and Forecast Horizon

Base year for forecasting has been considered as 2016. The forecast has been carried out from 2016

to 2035.

On Energy Input Basis

The historical annual growths of input energy are tabulated below to understand the growth rate of

power demand:

Table 6-13: Energy Unit Basis

Energy Input

Year Wise Data

FY(2013-14) FY(2014-15) FY(2015-16)

Input Energy (MU) 23149400 25751263 27937490

Annual Growth Rate 11.2% 7.8%

CAGR - 3years 6.47%

On Energy Sale Basis

The historical annual growths of energy sales data are tabulated below to understand the energy sale

growth:

Page 80: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 7

Table 6-14: Energy Sale Basis

Energy Sale

Year Wise Data

FY(2013-14) FY(2014-15) FY(2015-16)

Energy Sale (MU) 21610612 23750464 25971981

Annual Growth Rate 9.9% 8.6%

CAGR - 3years 6.32%

Source : Voyants, Gurugram

On Power Consumption Basis

The historical annual growths of power consumption data are tabulated below to understand the

power consumption growth:

Table 6-15: Power Consumption Basis

Power Consumption

Year Wise Data

FY(2013-14) FY(2014-15) FY(2015-16)

Maximum Demand (MVA) 4.846 5.246 5.446

Annual Growth Rate 8.3% 3.7%

CAGR - 3years 3.97%

6.5.4 Expansion Proposal

The development plan of entire Ghumarwin Planning Area is proposed into four phases, Phase-1

(2016-20), Phase-2 (2021-25), Phase-3 (2026-30) and Phase-4 (2031-35) respectively. Based upon the

cumulative power usages growth rate, refer 1.3, 33/11kV substation wise projected load forecasting of

the entire Planning Area over the next 20years is given below tables.

Table 6-16: Planning Areaunder 33/11kV Naswal Substation (Ghumarwin-I & II Electrical Sub-Division)

Planning Area Under 33/11kV Naswal Substation (Ghumarwin-I & II Electrical Sub-Division)

Years FY-2016 -2020 FY-2021 - 2025 FY-2026 - 2030 FY-2031 - 2035

Power Demand (MW) 5.44 7.14 9.36 12.28

Table 6-17: Planning Area under 33/11kV Kandraur Substation (Kandraur Electrical Sub-Division)

Planning Area Under 33/11kV Naswal Substation (Ghumarwin-I & II Electrical Sub-Division)

Years FY-2016 -2020 FY-2021 - 2025 FY-2026 - 2030 FY-2031 - 2035

Power Demand (MW) 0.97 1.28 1.67 2.19

The estimated power requirement of entire Planning Area till 2035 is 14.48MW, out of which,

12.28MW is proposed to be feed from 33/11kV Naswal Substation & 2.19MW from 33/11kV Kandraur

Substation. With reference to the data received from HPSEBL, the total capacity of primary 33/11kV

Naswal Substation & 33/11kV Kandraur Substation is 9MVA & 12.6MVA respectively. These substations

feed the entire Ghumarwin town including the Planning Area. The secondary distribution transformers

capacity is 6697kVA in the Planning Area. To meet the additional power requirement till 2035, the

addition of new 33/11kV Substation (to bifurcate the load of existing 33/11kV Naswal Substation), addition and augmentation of secondary substation with addition/ bifurcation/ upgradation of

subsequent distribution networks shall be required in Ghumarwin Planning Area. In order to keep the

utility abreast of the desired reforms and re-structuring, its Distribution system is being revamped by

bifurcation of such feeders.

Page 81: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 8

The aim of load forecast study is to provide a comparative between the existing peak demand Load

and projected Peak Demand Load for the next 20 years. This load forecasting study will help to propose

electrical infrastructure on the basis of propose development plan.

6.5.5 Planning Criteria

The power infrastructure development of Ghumarwin Planning Area is proposed with HVDS system by

extension of 11kV Network and potential reduction in Low Voltage Network. For implementation of

HVDS system, new 11kv feeder will be created including augmentation & bifurcation of existing 11kV

feeders to improve the quality of power supply and Reduction in distribution losses. All the consumers

are to be feed through energy meters which is RS 485 enabled, with a futuristic view for

implementation of SCADA.

The planning has been optimized to minimize the overall cost. This optimization considers the numbers

of circuits requirement, it`s capacity of distribution and also the location, timing and additional capacity

of the proposed network during operation. The optimization includes an assessment of cost for OH

distribution network considering the impact of projected load growth.

The following critical areas also need to be attended for improve the energy efficiency-

Introduction of energy audits and design of energy efficient buildings.

AT&C losses reduction.

Load management techniques and energy accounting.

Promotion of new and renewable sources of energy.

Replacement of low efficiency incandescent lamp with CFL/LED.

6.5.6 Design Standards & Codes

All Design, manufacturing, construction, workmanship, testing and installation are to confirm to all

acts, laws, rules- regulations and safety codes applicable in the jurisdiction of this project. The current

edition of the following standards and codes, so far as applicable-

i. BIS: Bureau of Indian Standard.

ii. IEC: International Electro technical commission.

iii. IEEE: Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers.

iv. Regulations lay down by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission.

v. Prevailing norms & Guidelines of HPSEB.

vi. Regulations lay down by HIMURJA.

vii. BS: British Standards.

viii. NEC: National Electrical Code.

ix. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturing Association.

x. Regulations lay down by Indian Electricity Rules.

xi. Any other regulations lay down by local authorities.

xii. Regulations lay down by tariff advisory committee and Fire insurance regulations.

Page 82: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 5 9

6.5.7 System Parameters

Table 6-18: Standard System Voltage

Nominal Voltage Kv 33 11

Rated Voltage kV 36 12

Rated Frequency Hz 50 50

System Neutral Earthing Solidly Grounded

Rated Current A To suit load requirements

Short Circuit Current kA 25 21

Creepage Distance mm 900 300

Basic Insulation Level KVp 170 75

Power Frequency (kV rms) withstand voltage 70 28

Source : As per Indian Electricity Rules

Table 6-19: Safety Clearances

Description 33 kV 11 kV

Safety Working Clearance (Mtr.) 2.8 2.6

Clearance to ground (Mtr.)

- Across street 6.1 5.8

- Along street 5.8 5.5

- Other areas 5.2 4.6

Clearance to Buildings (Mtr.)

- Vertical Clearance 3.7 2.5

- Horizontal Clearance 2 1.2

Between Lines With Crossing Each Other (Mtr.) 2.44 2.44

Source : As per Indian Electricity Rules

Table 6-20: Voltage Regulations

System Rated Voltage (Volts) Maximum permitted Variation %

Upto 650 V +6

650 – 33000 +6/-9

Source : As per Indian Electricity Rules

Table 6-21: Tap Details for Power and Distribution Transformer

System Rated Voltage (Volts) Tap Changing Ratio

33/11 +5 to -15 in the steps of 1.25%

Upto 650 +2.5% to -7.5% in the steps of 2.5%

Source : As per Indian Electricity Rules

Table 6-22: Demand Losses in various elements of Power System (% of kW Generation)

Sl. No. System Element Target Level Max. Tolerable Limit

1 High voltage distribution system 3.00 5.0

2 Low voltage distribution system 1.00 2.0

Source : As per Indian Electricity Rules

Page 83: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 0

6.5.8 Design Assumption

i. The design and related documents based on the concept development plan of 1323.02

hectares’ area.

ii. Based upon the energy input, sale and power consumption, considering the 5.58% annual load

growth to calculate the total power demand of the Planning Area for next 20 years.

iii. Power factor to be achieved, is 0.85.

6.5.9 External Illumination System

Existing External Road Lighting details

As per data received from Municipality of Ghumarwin town, Planning Area has insufficient street lights

both the major roads & access roads.

There are 694 street light installed in the Ghumarwin Municipal Area. Out of the total number street

lights, 262 are Sodium Vapour Lamps (SVL), 235 are Compact Fluorescent Lamp (CFL) and rest 197 are

tubes. The operation & maintenance of road lighting is taken care by the Municipal Council. The

following tables shows that the coverage of the street lights within Ghumarwin Municipal Area.

Table 6-23: Details of Street Light Coverage

Location Area Covered Ward No

Baddu Sub-station to Rest house and Patta area and Radha Swami

Satsang area Baddu

W.No.1

Meat Market Transformer to Balh Seer khad Bridge, Gandhi chowk to Police station and Bajoha

W.No.2 & 5

Vety Hospital Vill. Ghumarwin, old Bus stand and Shastri colony. W.No.3

Block chowk Transformer to Abdhanighat, Village Dakri, Hospital, Village Tikri

W.No. 6 & 7

IPH Colony Transformer to Harijan Basti Harkukar, Housing Board Colony, Adarsh Colony, Chehar and girls school

W.No.4 &6

Santoshi Mandir Jhungi Harkukar to Silh and Co-op. Society W.No.4

Gandhi Chowk Highmast at Gandhi Chowk W.No.3

Bus Stand Highmast at Bus Stand W.No.-2

Source: Municipality of Ghumarwin town

Existing External Road Lighting details

Roads of the development area shall generally cater to:-

Movement of goods, persons through vehicles including cyclist/pedestrian.

Basic requirement of road, green area and periphery lighting proposed be as follows:

Adequate level of illuminations for vehicles/cyclist.

Uniform illumination level over carriage way with minimum glare.

Safety of movement.

Minimum disturbance during fog/dust conditions.

Use of high efficiency lighting fixtures with high lumen output and low power consumption.

Beautification and pleasing view.

Page 84: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 1

The Street lighting should be provided with LED luminaries on decorative street lighting

poles.

Table 6-24: Technical Details of Road Lighting System

S.NO. DESCRIPTION 26~24 M WIDE ROAD

21~18 M WIDE ROAD

9M WIDE ROAD

6M WIDE ROAD

1 Area of Installation Mixed Mixed Mixed Mixed, Residential

2 Pole Mounting detail Single arm pole on single side of

the road.

Single arm pole on single side of

the road.

Single arm pole on single side

of the road.

Single arm pole on single

side of the

road.

3 Lighting Fixture 1 x 90W, LED Light

1 x 72W, LED Light

1 x 65W, LED Light

1 x 40W, LED Light

4 Mounting height 9Mtrs. 8Mtrs. 7Mtrs. 4Mtrs.

5 Spacing 25M 25M 30M 30M

6.6 Telecommunication System

The implementation of Telecommunication system is very important for any development and its

usage has become a necessity these days. As such telecommunication network is proposed to be

provided in a manner so as to have connectivity by different service providers. Consumer can select

the services of telecom service provider according to good quality of network for providing these data

& tele communication facilities.

Telecom Services today are of the following types:

Landline operations requiring a telecom cable and junction box space in utility corridor.

Wireless services on GSM / CDMA platform requiring tower at stipulated radii.

Broad band Services requiring a cable corridor and distribution chambers.

Short Coverage Wi-Fi networks.

To achieve it, Optical fibre cables are used to provide and connect various service providers for

telecom as well as broadband services to the users through the optical fibre network. To run the

cabling, the provision for laying the conduit & chamber in front of all the plots has been proposed in

ROW planning.

Page 85: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 2

7. SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

7.1 Educational Facilities

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, more than 50 percent of the schools are run by the government and

remaining schools are run by private authorities (refer Figure 7-1). It is also found that the distribution

of elementary education facility is more outside M.C. Area and Secondary & Senior Secondary Schools

are concentrated more within Ghumarwin town in the Planning Area (refer Figure 7-2).

Figure 7-1: Ownership of School

Education facilities Source: Village Directory, Bilaspur District,

Census of India, 2011

Figure 7-2: Distribution of School Education facilities within

Ghumarwin Planning Area Source: Village Directory, Bilaspur District, Census of India, 2011

The elementary educational facility is evenly distributed in the Planning Area but to avail education

after elementary, school going population in the settlements such as Baddu, Patta, Loharwin, Bari

Khurd, Bari Kalan, Chhajoli, Bhadrog, Naswaland Godhan have to commute to nearby facility located

at a distance of less than 5 kms to avail education at Ghumarwin, Silh, Pangela, Seu, Bari Majherwan

and Kothi. The educational facilities, a level beyond elementary i.e. secondary and senior secondary

are well distributed among all the settlements except Taraun, Baagtheru, Bakroa, Bhager and Khurari

where children commute around 5 to 10 kms to avail secondary education.

Table 7-1: Future demand for Educational Institutes

Facilities Ghumarwin M.C. Outside M.C. Total

E R Area E R Area E R Area Pre-Primary School 7 3 0.24 6 3 0.0 13 6 0.48

Primary School 23 0 0.0 22 0 0.0 45 0 0.0

Middle School 18 0 0.0 11 0 0.0 29 0 0.0

Senior Secondary School

22 0 0.0 9 - 0.0 31 0 0.0

College 2 0 0.0 0 - 0.0 2 0 0.0

Professional colleges 0 1 2.0 0 - 0.0 0 1 2.0

TOTAL 72 4 2.24 48 3 0.0 120 6 2.48

Source: Analysis based on Census of India 2011 and URDPFI Guidelines

Note: E-Existing, R-Required and Area (in Ha)

Government 52%

Private48%

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Primary Middle Secondary Sr. Secondary

Scho

ols

( in

%)

Urban RuralM.C. Outside M.C.

Page 86: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 3

The influence area of any town should not be its Planning Area but its region or its smallest unit

which is the village or mahol, hence we took the mahol as our area of influence and our calculation

is based on the whole mahol.

The comparison of existing educational facilities in Ghumarwin Planning Area with the norms and

standards provided by the Urban & Regional Development Plans Formulation Guidelines (URDPFI) shows that the existing pre-primary education facilities are equal to the requirement, however,

primary education facility, Middle School Education is sufficient as per the URDPFI norms. In terms of

secondary education, children residing in village namely, Tarauncommute 5 to 10 km to avail

secondary education at Bharari and Ghumarwin. Majority of the senior secondary schools are located

either in the Ghumarwin town or in the vicinity of Ghumarwin town. It is also found that the

distribution of senior secondary schools is meeting the requirement while comparing the existing

facilities with population but while comparing the distance between two facilities, it is identified that

in Ghumani village, children commute more than 10 km and the norm says that the distance between

two facilities should be 5 to 7 kms.

In context of higher education, there are two colleges i.e. a Swami Vivekananda Government College

and a private college i.e. Shiva College of Education located close to Ghumarwin town within the

Planning Area (refer Figure 7-3) though, Professional Colleges i.e. Engineering College, Medical College

and Management Institute are located outside the Planning Area that draw students from within the

Planning Area. The nearest Engineering College to Ghumarwin Planning Area is situated at a distance

of 16 km at Chandpur and Hamirpur, which is 40 km away from Ghumarwin town; a Government

Medical College is situated in Shimla, which is 115 km away from Ghumarwin town, and Management

Institutes are existing at Chandpur, Hamirpur and Bilaspur. Government Polytechnic exists in Hamirpur

and Sundernagar and students have the facilities to receive the ITI education from Governmentand

Private Industrial Training Institutes in Ghumarwin itself.

It is found that there is a requirement of sixPre-Primary Schoolin order to meet the requirements of

elementary education in the Planning Area. Apart from this, as the population of the Planning Area is

13,726, a professional college can be proposed as all the professional colleges are located at more

than a distance of 12 km from the Planning Area and also, the population of the Planning Area is

meeting the population requirement for establishing a professional college.

The Planning Area has sufficient education facilities to cater the present need of the town. The

additional requirement for future population are based on the URDPFI 2015 guidelines and the

assumption that since the Planning Area will provide the education facilities for the coming generation

in the future, provision has to be made to cater to the regional demand. Refer Table 7-1 for

educational proposals and its area.

7.2 Healthcare Facilities

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, hierarchy can be seen in terms of healthcare facilities i.e. dispensary,

sub-centre, primary health centre, community health centre, hospital and veterinary hospitals.

Page 87: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 4

Figure 7-3 Educational & Healthcare Facilities in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Page 88: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 5

A) Dispensary: There are 5 dispensaries in Ghumarwin Planning Area existing at Bhager, Padyalg,

Dangar and Kothi. In addition, these villages do not have any other medical facility within 5 km

radius. Rest of the villages have to commute less than 5 km to avail basic medical treatment. As

per the norms, there should be one dispensary at a population of 2,500 and in the Planning Area,

the existing number of dispensaries are lesser than the requirement, therefore, there is a gap for

16 dispensaries. Hence, the dispensaries are not sufficient as per the current requirement.

B) Sub-Centre: There are 3 Primary Health Sub-Centres in Ghumarwin Planning Area with a total

strength of 3 doctors and 3 para-medical staff out of that all the doctors and para-medical staff

are not in-position. People residing in Dakhut Uperla have to travel more than 10 km distance to

avail medical facility. The number of sub-centres in the Planning Area is less than the requirement

with reference to the URDPFI guidelines. There are 3 sub-centres existing in the Planning Area

and the total requirement is 6, hence, there is a gap of 3 sub-centres. Therefore, the number of

sub-centres are not adequate as per the URDPFI guidelines.

C) Primary Health Centre (PHC): There is one Primary Health Center atDhadhol. As per the URDPFI

norms, there should be one PHC at a population of 20,000 and in the Planning Area. Hence, the

distribution of PHCs in the Planning Area is insufficient with reference to the planning standards.

D) Community Health Centre: In Ghumarwin Planning Area, there is no Community Health Centre

(CHC). According to the URDPFI guidelines, currently, there is no requirement for CHC as the

Planning Area is not meeting the minimum population requirement of the norms.

E) Hospital: There is one allopathic hospital in Ghumarwin town, namely, Government Civil Hospital

(refer Figure 7-3). This is 50 bedded along with a total strength of 7 doctors and 40 para-medical

staff. All the 7 doctors and 32 para-medical staff are in position and two private hospitals

(Rainbow and Bharti) in the Planning Area.

According to the URDPFI standards, there should be one hospital at a population of 80,000. Therefore, Ghumarwin Planning Area is meeting the minimum population requirement of the

planning norms and keeping in consideration the distance range, there exists a Government Civil

Hospital.

Table 7-2: Future demand for Healthcare Institutes

Facilities Ghumarwin M.C. Outside M.C. Total

E R Area E R Area E R Area

Dispensary 1 9 0.15 4 7 0.14 5 16 0.290

Family Welfare Centre

0 5 0.2 2 1 0.04 2 6 0.240

Nursing Home 0 2 0.12 3 - - 3 2 0.120

Hospital 3 0 0.0 - - - 3 0 0.00

Veterinary Hospital 1 1 0.075 2 - - 3 1 0.075

TOTAL 5 17 0.545 11 8 0.18 16 25 0.725

Source: Analysis based on Census of India 2011 and URDPFI Guidelines

Note: E-Existing, R-Required and Area (in Ha)

Page 89: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 6

7.3 Public & Semi-Public Facilities

The public and semi-public facilities include anganwadi, community hall, police station, fire station,

disaster management cell, banking facility, commercial facility, post office and telecommunication

facility and recreational facility (refer Table 7-3).

Table 7-3 Public & Semi-Public Facilities in GhumarwinPlanning Area and its comparison with URDPFI

guidelines

Source: Analysis based on Census of India 2011 and URDPFI Guidelines

7.3.1 Anganwadi

The distribution of anganwadi in the Planning Area is exceeding the numbers as per the URDPFI norms. Hence, the facility is adequate for the Planning Area.

7.3.2 Police Station

There is one Police Station in the Planning Area situated at Ghumarwin. This Police Station at

Ghumarwin is catering the population of entire Ghumarwin Planning Area. As per the guidelines, there

should be one police station at a population of 15,000. There is also a police station at bharari. Therefore, in Ghumarwin Planning Area, Police Stationis sufficient as per the planning guidelines.

7.3.3 Fire Station/Post

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, there is a Fire Post located in Ghumarwin town, which is established few

months ago. Currently, this fire post is dealing with the fire incidents in the Planning Area. This fire

post coordinates withthe Fire Station at Bilaspur (18 km) for any emergent requirement. As per the

URDPFI norms, at a population of 50,000, there should be a fire station. However, the population of

Ghumarwin Planning Area is 26,048, which is less than the requirement of the URDPFI forestablishing

a Fire Station. Hence, the Fire Post at Ghumarwin is adequate for Ghumarwin Planning Area and

presently, there is no requirement for a Fire Station for the Planning Area.

URDPFI Norms Requirement

Facility Population Distance Range

No. of Existing

Facilities

No. Area(Ha) per unit

Gap

Anganwadi 5,000 - 50 3 - -

Police Station 15,000 5 to 10 km 1 1 - -

Fire Station 50,000 - - - - -

Disaster Management Centre

20,000 5 to 10 km 1 2 0.5 1

Banking Facility 10,000 16 to 20 km 15 2 - -

Commercial Facility 10,000 - 1 2 0.45 1

Post office 10,000 5 to 7 km 16 0 -

Community Centres 10,000 5 to 10 km 1 1 -

Housing Area Park 5,000 - - 4 0.5 4

Neighbourhood Park 15,000 - - 2 1.2 2

Recreational Complex 1,00,000 - - - - -

Page 90: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 7

7.3.4 Disaster Management Cell

The Office of Sub-Divisional Magistrate (SDM) of Ghumarwin Sub-Division has a Disaster Management

Cell, which is responsible for managing the disasters management in Ghumarwin Planning Area. According to the URDPFI norms, there should be a Disaster management Centre at a population of

20,000. Hence, the Disaster Management Cell is sufficient as per the planning norms.

7.3.5 Banking Facility

In terms of banking facilities, there are branches of nationalised banks available in the Planning Area

i.e. State Bank of India, Corporation Bank, UCO Bank, Oriental Bank of Commerce, Central Bank of

India, Canara Bank, The H.P. State Co-operative Bank and State Bank of Patiala. In addition, according

to the census records (2011), there are 2 commercial banks and 13 Agricultural Credit Societies. As

per the norms, there should be one bank at 10,000 population. In Ghumarwin Planning Area, the

banking facilities are sufficient and it is more than prescribed in the planning norms.

7.3.6 Commercial Facility

The main commercial activities are located along the National Highway-103 in the Planning Area. The

main commercial centre is located at Ghumarwin. The market located in Ghumarwin is bigger than

the market of Bilaspur. This market is specialised in printing press. Besides this, there is one regular

market or mandi in Ghumarwin Planning Area, which is situated at Godhan. Moreover, there is

convenience-shopping facility in each of the revenue village within the Planning Area and Weekly

Haats are available in 18 villages in the Planning Area. According to URDPFI guidelines, one commercial

centre should serve 10,000 population. Hence, the existing commercial facilities are not adequate for

catering the needs of the people in Ghumarwin Planning Area. Therefore, there is a requirement of

one more commercial centre in Ghumarwin Planning Area.

7.3.7 Post office & Telecommunication

As per the Census of India (2011) records, there are 6 sub-post offices located at Loharwin, Dangar,

Bari Majherwan, Kothi, Bakroa and Bhager. According to the URDPFI guidelines, there should be one

post office at a population of 10,000 and a rural post-office at a population of 2000. In Ghumarwin

Planning Area, all the post-offices are exceeding the number of facility required and hence, the existing

facilities are sufficient to cater the current and future demand of the Planning Area.

Ghumarwin Planning Area is served by extensive network of telecommunication. Private

communication providers like Airtel, Vodafone, Reliance and BSNL are providing efficient service in

the entire Planning Area. According to the village directory of Bilaspur district (2011), all49 revenue

villages and Municipal Council have landline telephone connections andmobile phone coverage,

whereas internet facility is available only in Dangar and Ghumarwin within the Planning Area.

7.3.8 Community Centre

According to Census of India (2011), there are two community centres within the Planning Area and

these are located at Dangar and Bahlu Kharyala. According to the URDPFI guidelines, there should a

community centre at a population of 10,000 in Planning Area, so there is a gap of 1 community centre

as against the existing 1 community centre at Ghumarwin (Gandhi Chowk). Hence, in Ghumarwin

Planning Area, the community centres are inadequate to cater the demand of the Planning Area.

Page 91: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 8

7.4 Socio-Cultural Facilities

In terms of socio-cultural facilities, only one banquet hall is existing in the Planning Area. The

availability of community facilities in the Planning Area is not adequate. There is shortage of facilities

like public library and community welfare centre. Based on guidelines mentioned below, the future

requirement of socio-cultural facilities has been estimated for the Planning Area.

Banquet hall and Community Welfare Center are proposed in Planning Area to cater to the need of

projected population.

Table 7-4 Future demand for other community facilities

Facilities Existing Required Area (Ha)

Banquet Hall 1 1 0.10

Community Welfare Centre 0 1 0.15

7.5 Distributive Facilities

Distributive Facilities include Food grain distribution, Milk Booth, LPG Godown, Fuel Station and Petrol

Pumps. Presently there are three Petrol Pumps.

In terms of distribution services, the Planning Area requires a LPG Godown /Gas Godown and two Milk

booths to meet the projectedpopulation demand by the year 2035.

7.6 Other Facilities

7.6.1 Institutional and Religious facilities

The Planning Area has many religious buildings spread all over the area. Most of these are temples

and one Mosque.

7.6.2 Cremation/ Burial Ground and Cemetery

At present, cremation grounds are existing at different locations through out the entire Planning Area

catering the requirement as per URDPFI Guidelines i.e. one Cremation Ground is required to cater to

10,000 populations within 5-10 km radius. The cremation grounds presently functioning near existing

WTP is proposed to be retained. The cremation ground situated shall continue to function.

7.6.3 Sports and Recreation

The Planning Area lacks in organised green spaces. The present land allocation for the recreational

facilities is very low in comparison to the growth of the Planning Area. Existing open spaces are

generally scattered and are not interconnected. Therefore, the requirement for recreational facilities

for the year 2035 has been estimated based on URDPFI Guidelines. Norms for cluster level,

neighbourhood and city level.

Page 92: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 6 9

7.6.4 Cluster Level Recreational Spaces

The present land allocation for the recreational facilities is very low in comparison to the need of the

Planning Area. There are only two parks in the entire Planning Area. There is a need to provide more

gardens, parks, and playgrounds in the area.

Additional three Housing Area Parks are required.

7.6.5 City Level Recreational Spaces

There are two play grounds in two schoolsand one maidan next to WTP in ward no. 2 where various

cultural events like Ramlila, Nalwari Fair and sometimes political/ election rallies are held.

Other than this, there are no city level recreational facilities available in Ghumarwin Planning Area,

there is a need of the same. The future demand for higher order recreational facilities has been

estimated based on the existing and projected population of the Planning Area.

Page 93: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 0

8. ENVIRONMENT & DISASTER

MANAGEMENT

8.1 Introduction

Himachal Pradesh is enriched with various species of flora and fauna which need to be conserved and

preserved. The development should go hand in hand with environmental improvement and resource

optimization. The sustainable growth can only be achieved if existing environmental parameters are

identified and analysed. This chapter discusses about various parameters of environment like climate,

soil, forest cover, flora and fauna, quality of air, water, disaster proneness and its mitigation process. These parameters will help us to understand different existing environmental phenomena in the

Planning Area.

8.2 Forest Cover

The Forests of Himachal Pradesh known for their grandeur and majesty are like a green pearl in the

Himalayan crown. These life supporting systems are presently under great stress due to impact of

modern civilization, economic development and growth in human and cattle population.

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, the area under forest is administered by two Forest Range Offices i.e. Ghumarwin Forest Range Office & Bharari Range Office. It is found that Ghumarwin Planning Area

constitutes around 28.31 Ha of area under Demarcated Protected Forest i.e 2.17 % of the total

Planning Area.

8.2.1 Conservation of forest cover

Forest cover of Planning Area is less than district average. It is an important asset to Planning Area and

need to be safeguarded for providing sustained benefits to the community and diversion of such land

to other purpose should be done after careful examination from social and environmental standpoint.

Some of forest cover shall be conserved and would function as green lungs of Ghumarwin Planning

Area. A buffer around the boundary needs to be maintained as per the HP TCP Rules, 2014. The

minimum distance of 5.00m from Forest boundary shall be maintained and minimum distance from

existing tree shall be 2.00m.32

8.3 Air Quality

The closest air quality monitoring station to Ghumarwin Planning Area is located at Sundernagar at a

distance of 49 km. The analysis of ambient air quality has been done based on the data received from

MC Office, Sundernagar station from Himachal Pradesh Pollution Control Board’s official website33.

32 Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment) Rules, 2015 33http://hppcb.nic.in/airquality/Una.pdf

Page 94: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 1

Table 8-1 Comparison of SO2, NO2 and RSM concentration in GhumarwinPlanning Area with CPCB Ambient Air

Quality standards

Particular Permissible Limit (Annual) by CPCB

2013-14 2014-15

SO2 50 μg/ m3 20.5 μg/ m3 23 μg/ m3

NO2 40 μg/ m3 103.6 μg/ m3 154.5 μg/ m3

RSPM 40 μg/ m3 90 μg/ m3 93.90 μg/ m3

Source: Ambient Air Quality Standards, Central Pollution Control Board & Air Quality Data (2013-15) Himachal Pradesh

Pollution Control Board

The above table shows that the annual average concentration of SO2 is under the permissible limit as

per the ambient quality standards of CPCB. Whereas the levels of NO2 and RSPM are higher than the

permissible limits. Traffic congestion and fossil fuel combustion processes are the major reasons for

higher levels of NO2and RSPM. Prolonged exposure to these pollutants cause severe respiratory

diseases.

8.3.1 Air Pollution control measures

The atmosphere has several built-in self-cleaning processes such as dispersion, gravitational settling,

flocculation, absorption, rain-washout, etc to cleanse the atmosphere. However, control of

contaminants at their source level is a desirable and effective method through preventive or control

technologies. Source control: Some measures that can be adopted in this direction are:

Using unleaded petrol

Using fuels with low sulphur and ash content

Encouraging people to use public transport, walk or use a cycle as opposed to private vehicles

Ensure that houses, schools, restaurants and playgrounds are not located on busy streets

Plant trees along busy streets as they remove particulates, carbon dioxide and absorb noise

Industries and waste disposal sites should be situated outside the city preferably on the

downwind of the city. Catalytic converters should be used to help control emissions of carbon monoxide and

hydrocarbons

8.4 Water Quality

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, the water discharge is being monitored at the Bilaspur discharge station

at Govind Sagar. The data from 2013-2015 is being assessed to monitor the water quality in the

Planning Area.

The mean and standard deviation for pH, Dissolved Oxygen and Biochemical Oxygen Demand is

calculated (refer Table 8-2) to assess the water quality during April 2013- March 2015 in Ghumarwin

Planning Area:

Table 8-2: Mean and Standard Deviation for Water Quality Assessment of Govind Sagar during April 2013-

March, 2015

Value pH Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)

Mean 8.25 8.95 0.35

Standard Deviation ± 0.41 ± 0.40 ± 0.14

Source: Environmental Data Bank, Himachal Pradesh Pollution Control Board (April 2013- March 2015)

Page 95: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 2

It has been found that the pH value of the surface water is good as it falls under the permissible limits

of CPCB standardswhereas the dissolved oxygen in water is close to mean 8.95 and a standard

deviation of ± 0.40. It is also found that the amount of dissolved oxygen is more than the minimum

requirement of 6 mg/l. Therefore, it is a good indicator for the sustenance of aquatic life. On the other

hand, the mean of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) is 0.35 and ± 0.14 standard deviation. The

Biochemical Oxygen Demand falls under Class A of the standards prescribed by CPCB (seeTable 8-3). Therefore, the quality of water in Ghumarwin Planning Area falls under Class A as per the CPCB

standards.

Table 8-3: Water Quality Standards

Class Standard

A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after

disinfection

Total Coliform organism MPN/100ml, shall be 50 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 6 mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 degree C 2 mg/l or less

B Outdoor Bathing

(Organized) Total Coliform organism MPN/100ml, shall be 500 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 5 mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 degree C 3 mg/l or less

C Drinking water sources after conventional

treatment

Total Coliform organism MPN/100ml, shall be 5000 or less

pH between 6 and 9

Dissolved Oxygen 4 mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 degree C 3 mg/l or less

D Propagation of wildlife

fisheries pH between 6.5 and 9.5

Dissolved Oxygen 4 mg/l or more

Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

E Irrigation, Industrial

Cooling Controlled Waste pH between 6.5 and 9.5

Electricity Conductivity at 25 mg/cm max 2250

Sodium absorption ratio Max. 26

Boron Max 2 mg/l

Source: Central Pollution Control Board

Also, the water quality is assessed for the water supplied through hand pumps in Ghumarwin town

and it is found that the pH level is 8.66 and 8.08 during 2013-14 and 2014-15 respectively. The

concentration of biochemical oxygen demand is 0.1. Therefore, both pH and biochemical oxygen

demand falls under Class A of CPCB standards. Hence, the quality of water is good in Ghumarwin town.

8.4.1 Conservation of Water-bodies

No building activity shall be carried out within 25 m from the boundary of the river and the same shall

be maintained as green buffer zone. The construction shall be allowed at distance of 5 m and 10m

Metre from Nallah and Khad respectively.34

34 Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment) Rules, 2015

Page 96: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 3

The river / khad front areas may be developed based on a landscape plan with proper shelter design

on the water expanse with attractive laser shows for tourists and visitors during festive seasons.

Any degradation of wetland or surface water body would lead to habitat loss for birds, aquatic species

and rare vegetation. Even deterioration of water quality of such lakes may distract tourists. To check

depletion of water bodies the master plan recommends the following-

a) Stop dumping of waste in the water bodies.

b) Stop earth filling of water bodies.

c) Encourage suitable recreational facility around water body to keep surveillance.

8.4.2 Rain Water Harvesting

Individuals can do a great deal to improve the water availability and ensure the water quality of their

locality by practicing Rain Water Harvesting as a mandatory measure in all public buildings as well as

judicial use of storm water for agricultural use.

8.5 Natural Hazards and Disasters

Hazards both Natural and Man-Made are of immediate concern to the State of Himachal Pradesh as

it faces the fury of one or the other disaster every year. The fragile ecology and geology of the State

coupled with large variations in physio-climate conditions render it vulnerable to vagaries of nature in

one way or the other.

The nature of disastrous events is such that there is very less time to respond unless there is

preparedness to cope with the effects in pre-disaster and post-disaster stages. It is considered that

preparedness is the best measure to respond to catastrophic events for reducing the effects and

mitigate the losses in terms of life and property35. Traditionally, preparedness during the time of

emergency involved the stockpiling of relief goods and providing basic needs to people in need36. It is believed that capacity building for human response is a long-term exercise for mitigating the impact

of disasters whereas the short-term contingencies include the finance that is required for providing

relief and restoration of infrastructure. Now-a-days, it has become important for the communities to

work closely with the local authorities in order to enhance their own capacities to prepare for and

manage the effects of various risks.34

8.5.1 Hazard Profile of Bilaspur

Bilaspur district is exposed to multiple Natural and Human induced hazards.They may include, but are

not limited to the following:35

Natural Hazards Human Induced Hazards

Earthquake Accidents- Road

Landslide Building Collapse

Drought Fires: Household, Forest

Flood Utilities Failure: Energy, Telecommunication, Water

and Sewerage System

Forest Fire

35 District Disaster Management Plan 2014: District Bilaspur, Himachal Pradesh 36 World Health Organization, 2007, Risk reduction and emergency preparedness:

Page 97: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 4

8.5.2 Vulnerability Profile of Bilaspur

Vulnerability is the degree to which people, property, resources, systems, and cultural, economic,

environmental, and social activities aresusceptible to harm, degrade or destruct on being exposed to

any hazard on its activation. The table represents the district wise vulnerability matrix. From the table

it can be inferred that the overall vulnerability ofBilaspur is medium and it is vulnerable toearthquakes,

landslides and industrial disasters.

Table 8-4: District Wise Vulnerability Matrix

DISTRICT EARTHQUAKE LANDSLIDE FLOODS AVALANCHES INDUSTRIAL OVERALL VULNEABILITY

Kangra VH M L - M H

Chamba H H H M M VH

Hamirpur VH L L - - M

Mandi VH M M - - H

Kullu H H H M H VH

Bilaspur M M L - M M

Una M L H - H H

Sirmour M M L - H M

Solan L L L - H M

Kinnaur H H H VH - H

L&Spiti L M M VH - H

Shimla L M M - H H

VH: Very High, H: High, M: Moderate, L: Low

Source: District Disaster Management Plan 2014: District Bilaspur, Himachal Pradesh

Earthquakes

The district of Bilaspur falls in the highest seismic zone i.e. Zone V and Zone IV and is prone to

disastrous earthquakes. The movement of large blocks along the thrust planes resulting in the release

of stored energy is the basic cause of earthquakes in this region. The area of sub-tehsil Bharari falls in

zone V of earthquake proneness whereas all other parts of the district fall in zone IV. The high

population density of the district increases the risk of loss due to earthquake hazard. The houses are

a combination of pucca and kutcha houses made of unburnt bricks and mud. The lack of knowledge

and unscientific method of construction further increases the vulnerability of the district towards loss

due to any eventuality of earthquake. An occurrence of earthquake of magnitude 7.0 and above may

result in triggering landslides, floods, forest and domestic fires etc.

Landslides

Landslides are simply defined as the mass movement of rock, debris or earth down a slope and have

come to include a broad range of motions whereby falling, sliding and flowing under the influence of

gravity dislodges earth material. The regions around the Govind Sagar Lake are identified as the

landslide prone areas of Bilaspur. As per BMTPC, Landslide Hazard Zonation Atlas of India, a total of

216 sq.km of Bilaspur district fall under severe to very high risk of landslides and 842 sq.km falls under

high risk category. At times, prolonged rainfall causes landslides that create heavy blockage of the

flow of river for quite some time. The formation of river blocks can cause havoc to the settlements

downstream on its bursting.

Page 98: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 5

Floods

The presence of many hydro power

projects on the upstream of river Sutlej

may pose the threat of flood due to

any damage to the dams as a result of

earthquake.

Industrial Hazards

The district of Bilaspur also faces the

danger of hazards occurring due to an

Emergency caused to its industries

either due to natural calamity or

technological or other reasons. This

poses a threat of injury or loss of life or

damage to property and disruption

both inside and outside factory

premises. With the presence of the

Cement Industry in Bilaspur, the major

hazard that could happen due to

industry is Fire by various sources such

as accidental, explosions, electrical etc. Bilaspur comes under moderate

vulnerability for Industrial hazards in

Himachal Pradesh.

8.6 Measures for Disaster Management

The following measures needs to be taken by the district administration:

DistrictBilaspurhas critical proneness to earthquake for which analytical mapping of resources

needs to be done with multi-fold aim of “Creating Earthquake Resistant Structures” in the

District and “Promoting awareness for preventing loss to human life” in the event of an actual

earthquake.

In villages facing shortage of drinking water, tankers for water supply are deployed. A separate

plan under the supervision of district administration has already been drawn in coordination

with IPH department to mitigate this disaster.

The mock drills to tackle the disaster situations should be arranged under SDM’s supervision.

This should be organised in every local govt. authority (both Gram Panchayatand Municipal

Councilin a particular interval.

Disaster relief Committee should be set up at Gram Panchayat Level and Municipal

Councillevel where involvement of a particular percentage of female members would be

mandatory.

Figure 8-1: Overall Vulnerability Map

Source: SEEDS India, Himachal Pradesh Vulnerability Atlas, 2009, European Union &

Christian Aid.

Figure 8-1: Overall vulnerability map of Himachal Pradesh

Source: District Disaster Management Plan 2014: District Bilaspur

Page 99: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 6

8.7 Disaster Management Strategy

Disaster Management Plan of HPPWD, 2015 shall be adopted for Prevention, mitigation and

preparedness plan. Wide dissemination of earthquake-resistant building codes, the National Building

Code 2005 should be adopted for earthquake resistant structures. Provision for wireless and satellite

based communication in case of emergencies.

Page 100: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 7

9. TOURISM

9.1 Tourism in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Ghumarwin Planning Area has very less tourism attraction as few temples of regional and historical

importance and some natural picturesque landscape. There are some other places also having natural,

cultural and historical importance.

9.2 Natural Tourism

Ghumarwin Planning Area has a beautiful landscape and one can witness nature at its best while

travelling to Bilaspur, Una and Hamirpur from Ghumarwin. Besides this, there are a number of villages

surrounding the town of Ghumarwin that have beautiful picturesque view and peaceful environment. These villages are surrounded by nature having people with simple lifestyle who also provide good

homestay accommodation to tourist/visitors. This makes them ideal weekend getaways for tourists

from bigger towns and metro cities.

Salasi village: This is a famous village located at a distance of 3 km from Ghumarwin town and is 13

km from Bilaspur. The tourist spots like Gobind Sagar Lake and Rukmani Kund attract a lot of tourists. Thakur homestay is a famous place for accommodation for tourists and the charges of the rooms are

very nominal. Rohin village: Rohin is a small village located at a distance of 4 km from Ghumarwin town. Temple of

Baba Basandi is located at a distance of 2km from Rohin and many people visit this village on the way

to the temple. Malyawar, Harlog, Delag, Binaula are other nearby villages to this place. This place is

situated on the border of Hamirpur and Bilaspur district.

Seu village: Seu village is 5 km from Ghumarwin town. There are few temples in this village that

belongs to Hindu gods and goddesses and held in great reverence by the people of this village. It is a

peaceful village and is known for admiring nature and to spend time in tranquillity and serenity. The

Nangal Dam and the Nayanagal railway stations are situated at a distance of 35 km and 37 km

respectively.

Barota village: Barota is also a village within the boundary of Ghumarwin Planning Area situated at a

distance of 1.7 km from Ghumarwin town. There is a small temple, namely, Hari Devi which is located

in a close vicinity of this village Barota is known for its natural scenery and scenic beauty.

Gobind Sagar Lake: It is a man-made reservoir constructed in the year 1976 and is situated in Bilaspur

district at a distance of 38 km from Ghumarwin town. The reservoir is located on river Sutlej and is

named in the honour of Guru Gobind Singh, the tenth Sikh guru. It is among the world’s highest gravity

dams. Bhakra dam rises nearly 225.6 m above its lowest foundation. Gobind Sagar Lake has a length

of 56 km and nearly 3 km depth offers a variety of water sports but due to fluctuation in water level

of lake, the water is mainly confined to half of the year i.e. August to January. In the month of October

and November, when the water level of the reservoir is high, a series of regattas are also organised by

the ‘Tourism and Civil Aviation’ department. Water-skiing, sailing, kayaking, swimming, surfing,

rowing, canoeing, white water rafting and water scooter racing are popular sport activities during

Page 101: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 8

October and November. Ferry rides and water sports like speed boating are the major tourist

attractions.

There are many other villages near the Planning Area, namely Harlog, Amarpur, Taroun, Sariun Khas,

Salaon Uparli, Pater, Pantehra, Padyalag and Binaula that are very beautiful. Additionally, the bridge

that is constructed on the Satluj River at Kandror from where the Planning Area begins was among the

highest bridge in Asia.

9.3 Religious Tourism

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, there are temples that

is of cultural importance. There are a lot of temples

within the Planning Area but these temples are

mainly visited by local people in and around the

Planning Area. One of the most popular temple

which is located within the Planning Area is Maa Hari

Devi temple. Outside the Planning Area, there are

other famous temples located i.e. Baba Basandi

temple and Baba Balak Nath temple.

Maa Hari Devi: This temple is situated atop a

hillock in Barota village within the Planning

Area. The temple enshrines only the eyes of

Goddess Hari Devi. Hari Devi is the Kul Devi

(patron goddess) of the local people. Worshippers offer the bridegroom’s ‘sehra’ (a

head cloth) after their marriage in the temple.

Baba Basandi temple: This temple is located

outside the Planning Area near Rohin village at

a distance of 15 km from Ghumarwin town. The

temple is situated at Feti Dhar Hill in Bilaspur

district. The shrine is dedicated to Basandi

Ramand, a legendary saint which was from

Barota Kanainta village near Ghumarwin. Locals

hold Baba Basandi temple in elevated

admiration. A grand annual fair is organized

during Shivratri catering nearby local

population. Baba Balak Nath Temple: This temple is

situated on the Deotsidh Dhar Range in Shivalik

Hills in Hamirpur district. This temple is located

at a distance of 30 km from Ghumarwin town. Baba Balak Nath has a large number of followers

in Himachal Pradesh, Punjab and Delhi. The

sanctum sanctorum (garbhgriha) is a cave

where idol of Baba Balak Nath is located. It is

Figure 9-3: Baba Balak Nath

Source: accessed on 01/07/2016 at http://www.baba

balaknathdeothsidh.com/introduction.htm

Figure 9-2: Baba Basandi Temple

Source:Baba Basandi Temple, accessed on 29/06/2016

http://devbhumi.in/baba-basandi-temple/

Figure 9-1: Maa Hari Devi Temple Source: Maa Hari Devi Temple accessed on 01/07/2016

http://www.indianetzone.com/22/maa_hari_devi_s_tem

ple_bilaspur_himachal_pradesh.htm

Page 102: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 7 9

believed that BabaBalak Nath did his spiritual practice for many years in the cave. Many

peoplefrom surrounding and regions and states visit this temple.

Naina Devi Temple: Shri Naina Devi temple is

located in Bilaspur district at a distance of 90 km

from Ghumarwin town. It is one of the 51

Shaktipeeths. This holy place witnesses huge

crowd of pilgrims and devotees round the year

and especially during Shravan Asthami and in

the Navratras of Chaitra and Ashwin. Special

fair is organised during Chaitra, Shravan and

Ashwin Navratri which attracts millions of

visitors from Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, Uttar

Pradesh and other parts of the country.

Sohni Devi: Soni Devi Temple is situated in

Badhaghat, Teh. Ghumarwin, District Bilaspur,

atop hill amidst dense forest. It is located at a

distance of 5 Km from Ghumarwin town with

beautiful natural surroundings. One can also

locate all local area of Bilaspur like Barthin, Plasi,

Ghumarwin, Shahtalai etc. from this hill top

temple.

Santoshi mata temple at Ladraur: It is situated

in Ladruar, Bilaspur district at a distance of 25

Km from Ghumarwin town. It is located in

Shivalik hills of Bilaspur district. This is one of

the famous temples between Hamirpur and Bilaspur district. There is a great rush of devotees in

Navratars in this temple, inside the temple there are many statues present of Gods like Vaishno

Mata and Chintpurni Mata. Langar facility is also available here for visitors.

Bachhretu Fort: This fort is located in bachhretu

town, Bilaspur district at a distance of 20 Km

from Ghumarwin town, it is a small fort which

was built by raja veer chand about 600 years ago. The architecture of this fort is very beautiful. It is

located at an altitude of 3000 feet kotdhar fort,

tourists can enjoy the magnificent view of gobind

Sagar Lake and the surrounding hills from this

fort. The fort also houses a small temple of

Goddess Asht Bhuja and some other deities

which is still in existence.

Bhakra Dam: The dam, located at a gorge near the (now submerged) in Bhakra village, Bilaspur

district. It is located at a height of 200 m and at a distance of 100 Km from Ghumarwin town. It is

the fourth largest dam in India after Tehri Dam, it attracts a large number of tourists who visit its

Figure 9-4: Naina Devi Temple

Source: Jai Mata Shri Naina Devi: Home, accessed on

01/07/2016 at http://www.srinainadevi.com/

Figure 9-5: Sohni Devi

Source: Google Image

Figure 9-6: Bachhretu Fort

Source: Google Image

Page 103: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 0

reservoir. However, for security reasons, visitors

to Bhakra-Nangal Dam has been banned since

2009. The dam is constructed across the

perennial river Satluj and in the midst of the

natural beauty of Shivalik ranges.

Lakhdata temple: The Lakhdata Peer Temple

situated at a distance of 49 Km from Ghumarwin

town on State Highway. The Temple is dedicated

to peer ji sakhi sultan patti. The Baba Lakha Data

was called the Blesser of Millions.

9.4 Cultural Tourism

Ghumarwin town celebrates a summer festival that is organised by the state Government during the

month of April. There are many eatery stalls set up along with many cultural programs in the form of

dance and songs as part of the festival. Also, a traditional wrestling competition is held in the town

where wrestlers from different villages & the states come and compete.

9.5 Tourism Potential

The popular tourist attraction sites are located outside the Planning Area but the Planning Area also

have unexplored sites that can be developed as tourist destination within the Planning Area. In terms

Figure 9-7: Bhakra Dam

Source: Google Image

Figure 9-8: Location Map – Places of Interest in Bilaspur district

Page 104: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 1

of tourism infrastructure, majority of the hotels and rest houses are existing in Bilaspur as it is a district

administrative headquarter. GhumarwinPlanning Areahas 4 hotels and 2 rest houses with a bed

capacity of 48 (refer Table 9-1).

Table 9-1 Accommodation facilities in Bilaspur district

Places No. of Hotels Rest Houses No. of Beds

Bairi 1 0 12

Berthin 0 1 4

Bilaspur 16 15 324

Ghaghas 2 0 37

Ghumarwin 4 2 48

Shantalai 4 1 50

Swarghat 0 1 18

Total 27 21 493

Source: Ministry of Tourism & Culture, ‘Final Report on 20-Year Perspective Plan for Sustainable Tourism Development in

Himachal Pradesh’, 2003, Part I, Department of Tourism, Government of India, prepared by Drshti Strategic Research Services

Pvt. Ltd. p.132

A number of hotels are coming up along the

national highway (NH-103) connecting Shimla to

Kangra via Bilaspur & Ghumarwin. These

upcoming hotels are concentrated either in

Bhager along the upcoming 4 lane highway or

close to Hamirpur-Bilaspur district border. It is

found that in Ghumarwin Planning Area, the

tourism is not so developed due to unexplored

tourist destinations, lack of marketing facilities

and tourist infrastructure. There are only 4

Travel Agencies in Bilaspur district and all of

them are located in Bilaspur.

9.5.1 Natural Tourism

In Ghumarwin Planning Area, the natural sites located in eco-sensitive zone are unexplored in terms

of tourism possibilities. All the identified areas of natural sites should be protected with reference to

land use changes and pollution in the vicinity of Planning Area to ensure the protection of eco-sensitive zone.

9.6 Tourism Prospect

Ghumarwin Planning Area has a lot of potential to be developed as a site for eco-tourism. As discussed

earlier, the villages situated within the Planning Area have potential for rural based eco-tourism but

as these destinations are not identified and lacking in facilities like accommodation, tourist

information centers, marketing and branding and other tourist related facilities.

Apart from this, Ghumarwin Planning Area is surrounded by major tourist destinations namely, Gobind

Sagar Lake, Swarghat, Baba Balak Nath Temple, Naina Devi temple and some other ancient temples in

Bilaspur which forms a tourist circuit on Sutluj River. As all these tourist spots are located in close

vicinity, a tourist circuit shall be proposed. There are three proposed routes:

a) Naina Devi – Swarghat- Bilaspur- Barota- Rohin- Patta- Talyana- Baba Balak Nath- Gobind Sagar

Lake – Naina Devi (Gobind Sagar lake to Naina Devi through ferry ride)

Figure 9-9: wrestling ground

Page 105: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 2

b) Bilaspur- Barota- Rohin- Talyana- Patta- Seu- Ghumarwin- Bilaspur

Ghumarwin Planning Area has potential to become an ideal weekend gateway. Besides this, a number

of hotels are coming up in Bhager along the 4 lane highway, therefore, some recreational activities

such as Himachal Haat that shall promote the local art and culture of Himachal and Botanical Park

equipped with activity gym equipment for passer-by to hold for a while, relax and move further to

their destination. Moreover, hotels are also coming at Taraun along the National Highway (NH-103) connecting Bilaspur to Hamirpur through Ghumarwin Planning Area. These upcoming hotels can

support the tourism development in the north most section of the Planning Area.

Page 106: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 3

10. SWOT

STRENGTH WEAKNESS

Strategically located between two important

towns, Bilaspur (18 km) and Hamirpur (40 km)

Well connected with other parts of the state

and country through NH 103, SH 19 and MDR

Ghumarwin is the trade town of Bilaspur

district and a commercially vibrant town.

The presence of ITI, degree colleges and other

educational institutes makes it the educational

hub of the region.

Ample Government land is available for

development of community facilities.

Tehsil and Block Headquarter as well as a major

service centre.

Very less potential in tourism sector.

No impetus for economic growth or job

creation.

Lack of adequate recreational facilities.

OPPORTUNITY THREATS

Food processing and Bio technology are the

identified potential sectors by Government of

Himachal Pradesh. Based on the available raw

material in the surrounding regions and the

well-developed road network there is ample

scope for development of these two sectors

within the Planning Area.

Local level tourism activities can be promoted

through river front development along Seer

Khad, promoting the Akhadas and related

activities and by providing a platform for sale

and display of local handicraft.

The linear form of the Planning Area is leading

ribbon development along the whole stretch if

adequate planning measures along with strict

DCRs are not implemented. Ribbon

development is not advisable for any town, as

it acts as a double edged sword. Adequate

planning measures must be taken .On road side

it harms the traffic movement and on the other

side it blocks the land at the back.

People are not willing to come under the

purview of any development control

regulations.

Page 107: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 4

11. DEVELOPMENT PROPOSAL

11.1 Introduction

The profile of the Ghumarwin Planning Area is very unique in nature and cannot be planned in the

conventional manner. In view of this a growth node development pattern is adopted for the area. The

proposed growth nodes will be an integrated development that will cater to the overall requirements

of the surrounding villages for a sustainable and holistic development.

11.2 Pedestrian friendly neighbourhoods

Accessibility to the urban activities in reasonable time is a major factor that determines the scale of

neighbourhood and the location of various facilities at the neighbourhood level.

Apart from providing the required facilities each growth node will have a focus area for development. The following 5 locations are identified for development of growth nodes. The nodes are planned

within an average radius of 5.0 Km

Growth Node I: Industrial Node

Growth Node II: Multi facility Node

Growth Node III: Multi facility Node

Growth Node IV: Cultural Node

Growth Node V: Trade & Hospitality

Node

The Growth node IV is within the

Ghumarwin MC, this node is further

sub divided into IV-a and IV-b for

equitable distribution of facilities.

11.3 Growth Node I:

Industrial Node

The State Government is proactive in

promoting BT enterprises in the state

by providing quick facilitation for

starting the units. It has envisioned the

promotion of biotechnology through

its application in Agriculture, Animal

Husbandry, Horticulture, medicine,

environment, biodiversity conservation beside this, the State Government is proactive in creating the

pool of skilled Human Resources in BT with active support for R & D to the BT institutions located in

the State.

Figure 11- 1: Growth nodes location

Page 108: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 5

The growth node I near Taraunvillageis developed as an industrial node. This area is approximately

mid-way between Bilaspur and Hamirpur and will have easy accessibility to skilled labour and market

in both the towns. The industries proposed within this zone are non-polluting in nature or green

industries, the focus is on promoting bio technology. 6.58 Ha area has been allocated for this purpose. Another 1.1 Ha is allocated for developing a skill development centre near the industrial areaat

Haritainger. As there is not much residential development around this zone hence a bare minimum

area of 0.12 Ha is allocated for development of necessary facilities.

11.4 Growth Node II and III: Multi facility node

Growth node II proposed near Dangar villageand node III near Naswal villageare both multi facility

nodes. These nodes cater to all the necessary residential, commercial, social infrastructure,

recreational and parking facilities required for the future growth of the surrounding villages.

11.5 Growth Node IV: Cultural node

Growth Node IV is within Ghumarwin MC. Apart from catering to the residential and facility

requirements the focus of this node is to develop as the cultural hub of the Planning Area. Areas have

been allocated for activities like river front development, Mela ground, multi-purpose ground for

Akhadas and wrestling events as well as parks and play grounds. This node has two sub-parts, IV A

near Karangora and IV B near Kothi. These two sub nodes cater to the residential and social

infrastructure facility requirements of the surrounding villages.

.

Figure 11- 2: Detail of Growth node II Figure 11- 3: Detail of Growth node III

Page 109: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 6

11.6 Growth Node V: Trade and Hospitality Node

A Trade and Hospitality node is proposed towards the south of Ghumarwin MC in Bagher, Baagtheru

& Khurari Mohals. As this area will develop as a major junction in future activities like Mandi,

warehousing, truck terminal and a food processing hub is proposed. Being at the junction and near to

Sutlaj River this area also has a potential to develop as a tourism point or stop area for transit tourists.

In view of this a hospitality zone along with some tourism activities like handicraft bazaar is also

proposed in this node.

Figure 11-4: Detail of Growth node IV

Page 110: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 7

11.7 Definitions of linear development

11.7.1 Linear growth

Linear settlement is a settlement or group of buildings that is formed in a long line. Many follow a

transport route, such as a road, river, or canal though some form due to physical restrictions, such as

coastlines, mountains, hills or valleys. Linear settlements may have no obvious centre, such as a road

junction or green and have a long and narrow shape.

In the case of settlements built along a route, the route probably predated the settlement, and then

the settlement grew up at some way, growing along the transport route. Later development may add

side turnings and districts away from the original main street.

It is in contrast with ribbon development, which is the outward spread of an existing town along a

main street radiating away from the city core.

11.7.2 Ribbon growth

The concept was good when the roads were short, habitation was low and low speed traffic was

prevalent. However as the community grew big and high ways took place of roads, the concept

became ineffective.

A strip or ribbon development occurs when high amount of commercial, retail, and office

development occur in a linear pattern along both sides of major arterial roadways. Although is reduces

the efficiency of the roadway in moving traffic because much traffic will be on the road to gain access

to the business, it is still considered as an example of efficient development pattern specially where

the intersection with through traffic is not a major problem.

It is considered as haphazard in nature and grows incrementally adjacent to major roads radiating

outwards from the city core/centre. It occurs when high amount of commercial, residential and office

Figure 11-5: Detail of Growth node V

Page 111: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 8

development occurs on both sides of the arterial roads. The major problems it creates are traffic

congestion, as thoroughfares become clogged, extend of lengthy developments beyond city core, and

shift in concentration of habitable areas towards the roads leaving huge tracks of undeveloped land

between ribbons. If kept unplanned it is certain to put additional pressure over the infrastructure and

generate numerous conflict zones.

11.7.3 Difference between them

The two type of linear growth patterns as elaborated above are considered similar with slight

variations making one positive and another negative in nature.

The issue with ribbon development tend to be more of unplanned development in the

vicinity of major thorough fares rather than problems with the development itself. A

systemic linear development can help in positive social and economic growth of the region.

The linear settlement is an independent self-sustainable development with all basic public

infrastructure and amenities placed with in the settlement however ribbon development is

dependent on the city it has grown from and generates major management problems.

Linear settlement is generated majorly out of single / multi used land parcels which mostly

are not driven by economic drivers; contrarily ribbon development has majorly mixed use

buildings and grown primarily out of high economic potentials.

Both the types of development can also be differentiated based upon the introvert and

extrovert pattern of growth.

11.8 Development Strategies

11.8.1 Linear development strategies

Ribbon development especially in hilly regions is a very common phenomenon. To curb this

haphazard linear growth detailed area based planning interventions are in need. Although,

few generic development regulations catering to this type of development can be realized as

are shown below:

11.8.1.1 Polycentric nodes & their hierarchy

Instead of a continuous strip of permissible development on both sides of the arterial road a hierarchy

of nodes and junctions can be identified with different characteristics and impact scale. The (regional,

city, neighbourhood level etc.) polycentric nodes serves the specific need of larger population.

11.8.1.2 Intermediate connectivity & access

All the major activity clusters must open on the secondary road which further connects the main

arterial road at intersections with 300m minimum distance between each other.

11.8.1.3 Service road

The stretches which have various activities opening on the main arterial road must be provided with

a service lane to keep the main arterial movement free of congestion.

11.8.1.4 Buffer zone/ green belt

Page 112: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 8 9

Wherever the habitation/activities on the ribbon stretch is not dense and has visible trends of

expansion, it can be controlled by providing a green buffer zone to reduce influence on the major

traffic movement.

11.8.2 Integrated housing neighbourhoods

A self-sustainable residential development with all the public amenities and facilities integrated with each other. The introvert planning typology avoids opening any main activity on the arterial road.

11.8.2.1 Case 1

When the main arterial road has secondary roads connecting at intermediate junctions and have a

possibility must be connected through a “connector road” within the existing land use. Also, a service

road can be proposed along the stretch of the stretch opening on the main street and has no possibility

for an inter road connectivity. The nodes however can contain public amenities and facilities.

11.8.2.2 Case 2

When the arterial road is connected with the secondary roads at intermediate junctions with

minimum distance of 300 m between them, the intersections should be allowed to spill on the same

side as an introvert development avoiding direct plot access form the main arterial road.

11.8.2.3 Case 3:

Page 113: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 0

When the main arterial road has minimum or no access connecting secondary road but has fragmented linear sprawls along the sides of arterial road, then the settlement can be planned in clusters allowing a mix of functions on nodes working as pause points and also

disallowing/discouraging similar activity in intermediate areas between the nodes.

11.8.2.4 Case 4: (refer figure 1.4)

When the arterial road is connected with the secondary roads at intermediate junctions and the linear settlement is sparse with majorly agriculture land surrounding it, then the settlement can be planned in clusters at those junctions allowing a mix of functions on those nodes.

11.8.2.5 Radial development strategies

Page 114: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 1

To curb the ribbon growth & enhance the positive aspects of linear development a planning strategy

with multiple nodes can also be adopted. The condition when a major arterial road is connected with

secondary (village) road makes a possible junction. The condition ‘A’ as shown in figure is the most

natural occurring phenomenon and must be avoided. The condition ‘B’ contrarily if adopted and the

junction planned accordingly will encourage integrated planning with least cross overs and minimum

openings on the main arterial road.

Page 115: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 2

12. LANDUSE

12.1 Land Use Classification

The land use plan has been prepared on the contoured Base Map provided by AGiSAC (Aryabhatta

Geo Informatics Space Application entire), Department of Environment, Science and Technology,

Shimla. The base map has been prepared on IKONOS-2 satellite image having 1.0m resolution. After

interpretation of land utilisation or land cover from the satellite imagery, a predominant land use

survey was conducted to identify the various land uses within the Planning Area.

Two level classification of land use have been adopted for the Planning Areaas per the URDPFI

guidelines (Refer Table 12-1)

Table 12-1: Land use Classification

Sl.

No. Landuse Classification Land Use Sub-Classification Code

1 Residential Use Existing R-1

Proposed R-2

2 Commercial Use

Retail Shopping Zone and Service Sector C-1

Hospitality: Hotels/Lodges C-2

Wholesale, Godowns, Warehousing/ Regulated markets C-3

3 Mixed Use Residential and Commercial M-1

Residential and Household Industries M-2

4 Industrial Use I

5 Public/Semi-Public Use

Govt./ Semi Govt. / Public Offices PS-1

Educational and Institutional PS-2

Medical and Health PS-3

Heritage and Socio-Cultural PS-4

Public Amenities/Utilities and Services PS-5

Govt Land (Undetermined) PS-6

6 Recreational Use

Playgrounds/ Stadium/ Sports Complex P-1

Parks & Gardens – Public open spaces P-2

Multiopen space (Maidan) P-3

7 Transport Use

Road

Railway T-1

Bus Depots/ Truck Terminals T-2

Parking T- 3

8 Primary Activity Use

Agriculture PA-1

Plantation PA-2

Forestland/Govt land) PA-3

Brick Kiln/ Mud Quarry PA-4

9 Protected & Undevelopable Use

Water bodies E-1

Protected Forest E-2

Green Belt/Buffer E-3

10 Special Area S

Source: Based on Directorate of Land Records, Census of India, 2011 and URDPFI Guidelines 2014

Page 116: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 3

12.2 Existing Land Use Plans

The existing land use plan has been prepared on the contoured Base Map provided by AGiSAC

(Aryabhatta Geo Informatics Space Application Centre), Department of Environment, Science and

Technology, Shimla. The Base Map has been prepared on World View-2 satellite image having 0.45 m

resolution. After interpretation of land utilisation or land cover from the satellite imagery, a

predominant land use survey was conducted to identify the various land uses within the settlement

area.

The land use classification are specified in the URDPFI Guidelines have been adopted for the Planning

Area.

Of theTotal land in Ghumarwin Planning Area (1303.770Ha) only 265.928 Ha i.e., 20.40 % is

developable and remaining 79.60 % in non-developable. Of the total developable area, about 51.12 % is residential area while 3.8% of the land is under commercial use. Transportation which includes

road and other transportation facilities constitutes an area of 31.24 Ha i.e., about 11.75 % of the total

developablearea. The public and semi-public area and open green area in GhumarwinPlanning Area

account for nearly 10.87% and 0.15% respectively of total developable area of GhumarwinPlanning

Area.

The total GhumarwinPlanning Area has about 62.76% land under Agriculture, 2.78% land under

forest. River and water bodies cover about 3.34 % of the total area under Ghumarwin Planning Area.

12.2.1 Residential Use

It comprises of 135.95 hectares area which works out to be 10.43% of the Planning Area. The

residential areas are generally occupied by two to three storeyed houses. The housing areas are

sprawling along the highways, around the old town, village abadis and in the agricultural fields. The

old residential localities are along the Main Market and Bus Stand in the central area of Ghumarwin

and Dakri Mahol. The new extensions are coming up along the National Highway and the State

Highway particularly in Kothi, Bari Majherwan and Naswal. Residential use intermix with the

commercial use is a common phenomenon. Shops on ground floor on the road side and remaining

structure for residential purpose is a common sight.

12.2.2 Commercial Use

Most of the commercial establishments are located along the NH-103 and in the vicinity of the Main

Market at the Bus stand.

The commercial use consists of 10.08 hectares which is 0.77% of the Planning Area. The construction

of shops along roads emanating from town is a common phenomenon. Temporary shops or khokas

are located here and there, only a few organised shopping centrecan be seen on NH-103 in front of

the Bus stand.

12.2.3 Public and Semi Public Use

Under Public and Semi-Public Use, facilities comprising of education, health, postal, police etc. including government and semi-government offices and utilities occupy an area of 28.91 hectares

which is around 2.22% of the total Planning Area.

Page 117: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 4

12.2.4 Parks and Open Spaces

The organized Parks and Open Spaces are very less and presently occupies an area of 0.4 hectares

which is a negligible percentage of the Planning Area. Moreover only 2.78% land is under forest within

the Planning Area.

12.2.5 Traffic and Transportation Use

The major roads including National Highways and those emanating from the town as well as those

interlinking the different localities have an area of 31.24 hectares which is 2.4% of the total Planning

Area.

12.2.6 Primary Activity

Agriculture comprises of 73.30 % of the Planning Area which is 958.09Ha. Primary Activity Landuse

has been categorised into Agriculture and Plantation.

12.2.7 Water Bodies Use

The area under water bodies primarily the small ponds, the balancing, nallahs and Seer khad is 43.5Ha

which is 3.34 % of the Planning Area.

Table 12-2: Existing Land Use Distribution, 2015

Sl.No. Type Type Detailed Landuse Code Area (in Ha) Landuse

Percentage (%)

1 Residential Residential R-1 135.95 10.43

2 Public Semi-Public Public Semi-Public PSP 28.91 2.22

3 Commercial Commercial C-1 10.08 0.77

4 Transportation Transportation T 31.24 2.40

5 Waterbodies Waterbodies E-1 43.49 3.34

6 Protected Forest Protected Forest E-2 36.26 2.78

7 Industrial Industrial I 0.00 0

8 Mixed Mixed M-1 59.35 4.55

9 Recreational Parks and Open Spaces P-1 0.399 0.03

10 Primary Activity Agriculture PA-1 955.69 73.30

Plantation PA-2 2.40 0.18

Grand Total 1303.77 100 %

The Below chart shows the Existing Land Use Distribution. Refer Annexures for the Existing Land Use

Map 2015

Page 118: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 5

12.3 Land Allocation Mechanism

Allocation of developable land for different uses in line with the requirements envisaged for the next

20 years i.e. upto the year 2035 is made and proposed land-use structure devised accordingly. The

various landuses have been proposed keeping in view the availability of developable land in each

sector, holding capacity in terms of population and activities, existing landuse of the area,

development potentials, conformity of landuse of its surrounding areas, threshold population for

facilities, locational attributes of amenities, site characteristics, convenient distance of work areas

from residential area, land values etc.

As the Government land is scarce almost entire infrastructural development including roads,

commercial activities, residential activities, has to take place on private land in accordance with

population of the area, topographical conditions and potentials and propensities of land. The

landowners, however, resist for any sort of proposal for community uses and compel the authorities

to change the proposals. Further detailing of proposals will have to be done in accordance with

prescribed zoning and sub-divisions regulations by the local bodies in primarily built up areas, the

Revenue Department and the development agency through limited land acquisition, land pooling

reconstitution mechanism involving land owners in the new areas.

Uses pertaining to various economic activities like trade, commerce, tourism, industries and income

generating amenities if, segregated and provided separately in patches, are unsustainable. Similarly,

facilities and services like schools, nursing homes, banks, telephone exchange and other financial

institutions also needs to be close proximity of the habitation. On the contrary, Government and Semi-Government Offices, Postal Facilities, Police Service etc. are essentially town level facilities which can

be at a central location away from the habitation as well. The Development Plan, therefore, addresses

the central and local activities for town level/regional and sectoral pursuits respectively. The related

10% 1%

5%2%

0%

2%

73%

0%

3%

2%

1% 0%

1%

Existing Land Use

Residential

Commercial

Mixed use

PSP

Recreational

Transportation

Agriculture

Plantation

Forest

Khud Nallah

River

WaterBody

River Bed

Figure 12-1: Existing Land Use Distribution

Page 119: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 6

requirements thereof including parking, parks, open spaces and circulation networks are to be

detailed out in view of the local setting in accordance with the prescribed zoning regulations.

12.4 Proposed Land Use Plan

12.4.1 Residential Use

On the basis of residential density of 65 persons per hectare for the urbanisable area, an area of 184.24

hectares (14.13%) has been proposed for the residential purpose within the urbanisable area. The

residential areas are proposed to be developed in andaround the Municipal Council Areas. The local

activities of cluster level enlisted in Chapter before such as nursery and primary schools, dispensaries,

parks, toilets etc. form an integral part of the residential areas and are to be detailed out during the

course of preparation of Sector Plans and Schemes.

12.4.2 Commercial Use

A total area of 16.03hectares (1.23%) has been proposed for Commercial Use. Most of the commercial

facilities have been proposed within the urbanisable area in order to carter to the residing population. Other city level facilities viz, Cold Storage, Wholesale Market and Warehousing activity (Mandi) has

been proposed in the per-urban area control belt.

Shopping centres are proposed to be developed along with hotels and hospitality, industries and

requisite infrastructure, in between the proposed 4-lane expressway and National Highway in Bhager

and Baagtheru mohals. Moreover, the Development Plan envisages to prepare improvement schemes

for the existing shopping centre to ensure improvement in environmental quality.

To cater incoming tourist in the town, an area of1.5 hectares has been allocated. It includes the area

require for River Front Development for future tourist traffic as well as local which will come up near

the Seer Khad area within the urbanisable limits of the GhumarwinPlanning Area.

12.4.3 Mixed Use

As area of 67.12hectares (5.15%) has been allocated for mixed use development. Mixed use zones

have been proposed along the National, StateHighway and Major District road.

12.4.4 Industry Use

As area of 2.00hectares (0.15 %) has been allocated for industrial development with the Planning

Area. It is proposed to accommodate agro based, horticulture and Bio-Technology Park apart from

handicraft industries in form of organized industrial area.

12.4.5 Public and Semi Public Use

The Public and Semi-Public Use includes utilities, facilities, services, Government and Semi

Government offices and Institutions. The Utilities i.e. water supply, sewerage, drainage, electricity,

telephone establishments, garbage disposal etc. and Facilities like education, health, postal, police,

fire fighting, banking etc. besides Government and semi Government offices etc. have been given due

consideration for allocation of a land for this purpose in the Development plan. These Institutions

have extraneous influence zone beyond the immediate hinterland. These institutions are proposed to

be developed through their own mechanism by the respective authorities.

Page 120: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 7

The existing land under public and semi-public facilities is 28.91 hectares and additional requirement

of 8.47 hectares is anticipated by providing utilities, facilities and services in the Planning Area by the

year 2035. Accordingly, 37.38 hectares (2.87 %) of land is propose under Public and Semi-Public use.

12.4.6 Recreational Use

Areas of 5.34 hectares (0.41 %) has been proposed for organised parks and open spaces.The open

forests in and around the town also serve as recreational spaces to the town.

12.4.7 Traffic and Transportation Use

As the town has grown along the NH-103, there is a lot of regional traffic on these roads for which

improvement in road network is proposed. The Development Plan envisages to provide parking lots

on outskirts of the existing built up area to meet with the requirements of increasing traffic volume

on major entry points to already congested town.

An area of 91.27 hectares (7%) has been proposed for Traffic and Transportation Use, out of which

31.24hectares is an existing area occupied by roads and parking spaces and 60.03 hectares is

additional requirement which includes land for new bus terminal, truck terminal, taxi stand and Road

Widening.

Table 12-3: Proposed Land Use Distribution, 2035

Sl.N

o. Land Use

Classification

Land Use Sub-

Classification

Land Use

Code

Existing Land Use

Distribution Area (in Ha)

Additional Land

Requirement (in Ha)

Proposed Land Use Area

Distribution (in

Ha)

Proposed Land Use

Percentage (%)

1 Residential Residential R-1 135.95 48.29 184.24 14.13

2 Commercial Commercial C-1 10.08 5.95 16.03 1.23

3 Mixed Mixed M-1 59.35 7.77 67.12 5.15

4 Industrial Industrial I 0.00 2.00 2.00 0.15

5 Public Semi-

Public

Public Semi-

Public PSP 28.91 8.47 37.38 2.87

6 Recreational Parks and Open Spaces

P-1 0.40 4.94 5.34 0.41

7 Transportation Transportation T 31.24 60.03 91.27 7.00

8 Primary Activity

Agriculture PA-1 955.69 818.24 62.76

Plantation PA-2 2.40 2.40 0.18

9 Waterbodies Waterbodies E-1 43.49 43.49 3.34

10 Protected Forest

Protected Forest

E-2 36.26 36.26 2.78

Grand Total 1303.77 137.45 1303.77 100.00

The below chart shows the Proposed Land Use Distribution.Refer Annexures for the Proposed Land

Use Map 2035

Page 121: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 8

14%1%

5%0%

3%1%

7%

63%

0%

3% 3%

Proposed Land Use 2035

Residential

Commercial

Mixed

Industrial

Public Semi-Public

Recreational

Transportation

Primary Activity

Plantation

Waterbodies

Protected Forest

Figure 12-2: Proposed Land Use Distribution of Ghumarwin Planning Area

Page 122: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 9 9

13. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT

REGULATIONS, BUILDING BYE-LAWS

AND PROCEDURE OF PLAN

SANCTION 13.1 Objective of the Regulation

Regulations/Building Bye Laws are legal tools for development control used to regulate ground

coverage, height and architectural design and construction aspects of buildings to achieve orderly

development of an area. They are statutory in nature and serve to protect buildings against fire, earth

quake, noise, structural failures and other hazards. They also safeguard appropriate indoor

environment for inhabitants with natural light & ventilation. Regulations/Building Bye Laws also helps

to avoid encroachments and protect the road right of way.

All mandatory regulations w.r.t. Development Plan/ Development Control Regulations regarding land

use, coverage, FAR, set-backs, open spaces, height, number of stories, number of dwelling units,

parking standards etc., for various categories of buildings, including modifications therein, made from

time to time, shall be applicable mutatis-mutandis in the Building Regulations as well. All

amendments/ modifications made in these Regulations will automatically be included as part of the

Development Control Regulations.

13.2 Jurisdiction of Regulations

These Regulations shall apply to the sub-division of land and building activities in the Ghumarwin

Planning Area. The detail of Revenue Mohals falling in Ghumarwin Planning Area is as under:

Table 13-1: Components of Ghumarwin Planning Area

Sr. No. Name of Revenue Mohals Hadbast Number

Area (in

Ha.) Population (As perCensus2011)

1 Panol 456 53.82

7,899

2 Tikri 453 24.37

3 Dakri 454 87.48

4 Baddu 407 26.13

5 Ghumarwin 436 41.39

6 Barota 441 28.22

7 Retehal 408 29.95

8 Loharwin 440 22.83

9 Silh 433 7.34

10 Patta 410 13.52

11 Kalyana 437 21.45

Total MC Area 356.50

4a Baddu (outside M.C. limit) 407 11.8 80

8a Loharwin (outside M.C. limit) 440 6.93 47

Page 123: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 0

Sr. No. Name of Revenue Mohals Hadbast Number

Area (in

Ha.) Population (As perCensus2011)

9a Silh (outside M.C limit) 433 16.69 96

10a Patta (outside M.C. limit) 410 23.32 201

12 Awarikhalin 468 14.54 184

13 Awdhani 451 15.10 161

14 Baagtheru 463 40.15 221

15 Bakroa 464 18.66 118

16 Balaur 439 5.69 59

17 Balhu-Kharyala 449 39.80 268

18 Bari-Majherwan 405 62.16 260

19 Bari Kalan 269 8.65 55

20 Bari Khurd 268 9.88 76

21 Bhadrog 383 16.11 92

22 Bhager 465 31.58 240

23 Cheri 393 0.38 1

24 Chhajoli 271 13.48 84

25 Dadhol Kalan 265 22.89 126

26 Dadhol Khurd 266 23.36 129

27 Dakhut Uperla 254 1.42 6

28 Dangar 256 66.45 356

29 Ghumani 470 27.34 209

30 Godhan 404 0.96 4

31 Haritilainger 273 77.48 418

32 Jahri 391 0.57 2

33 Jroura 300 3.85 20

34 Jungle-Chhanjyar 251/1 14.83 0

35 Kalri 394 18.55 137

36 Karngora 406 16.10 103

37 Khurari 466 10.95 78

38 Kothi 424 55.61 444

39 Kulahru 450 33.76 199

40 Kyari 452 2.16 9

41 Lehri Sarail 272 3.75 17

42 Majhaon 462 13.50 68

43 Majhasu 461 11.21 46

44 Naswal 384 49.77 395

45 Padyalg 267 44.58 285

46 Pangela 258 3.20 3

47 Peherwin 469 5.15 27

48 Sashan 409 5.41 35

49 Seu 385 50.07 280

50 Taraun 274 49.43 188

Total (Outside MC) 39 Mohals 947.28 5,827

Total (MC + Outside MC) 50 Mohals 1303.77 13,726

Source: TCP Department

Page 124: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 1

13.3 Applicability of Regulations

Except hereinafter or otherwise provided, these Regulations shall apply to:-

i. All new development and re-development of a plot,

ii. Sub-division of land,

iii. Erection and/or re-erection of a building and all building activities.

These Regulations shall be read in conjunction with the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning

Act, 1977 and the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014 as amended from time

to time and shall be applicable for a period for which this Development Plan has been prepared, after

which these shall be reviewed. Till such time the reviewed Regulations are notified, these will continue

to be in force.

13.3.1 New Development and Re-development

Redevelopment is replacement of the existing built-up environment and enable co-creation of a new

layout with enhanced infrastructure and increased density. These Regulations applies to the design,

construction or re-construction and additions and alterations of new & existing buildings within the

plot.

13.3.2 Part Construction

In case of part construction, where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or re-constructed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Regulations shall apply only to the

extent of the work involved.

13.3.3 Re-construction

The re-construction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to operate due to fire, natural

collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to be demolished, as the case

may be, these Regulations shall apply.

13.3.4 Existing approved building

Nothing in these Regulations shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment, nor prevent

continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing approved building unless, in

the opinion of the Competent Authority, such a building is unsafe or constitutes a hazard to the safety

of adjacent property or to the occupants of the building itself.

13.4 Development Permission

Development or re-development shall carry out including sub-division on any plot or land (not forming

part of any approved layout plan or scheme) after obtaining approval for the layout plan from the

Competent Authority only.

Page 125: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 2

13.5 Building Permission

13.5.1 Building Permission

Any person intending to erect, re-erect or make addition/ alterations in any building or cause the same

to be done shall first obtain appropriate building permission for each such building from the

Competent Authority.

The following items of works are exempted from the above Regulation:

(i) Plastering/cladding and patch repairs, except for the Heritage Buildings where Heritage

Conservation Committee’s permission is required.

(ii) Re-roofing or renewal of roof including roof of intermediate floor at the same height.

(iii) Flooring and re- flooring.

(iv) Opening windows, ventilators and doors opening within the owners plot.

(v) Rehabilitation/repair of fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.

(vi) Construction or re- construction of sunshade not more than 0.75 Metre in width within one’s own

land and not overhanging over a public street.

(vii) Construction or re-construction of parapet and also construction or reconstruction of boundary

walls as permissible under Bye Laws.

(viii) White washing, painting etc. including erection of false ceiling in any floor at the permissible clear

height provided the false ceiling in no way can be put to use as a loft /mezzanine floor etc.

(ix) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains, fire, earthquake or any other

natural calamity to the same extent as existed prior to the damage as per sanctioned plan,

provided the use conforms to provisions of Development Plan.

(x) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are within the preview of the Bye-

laws.

(xi) For erection of Lifts in existing buildings in residential plotted development (low–rise).

(xii) Change/ Installation/ re-arranging/ relocating of fixtures or equipments without hindering other’s

property/ public property shall be permitted.

(xiii) Landscaping

(xiv) Toilet/Washroom, Security Room, up to a maximum area of 9.00 M2 only (permitted within

setback area, provided it does not obstruct fire vehicles movement) in plot more than 3000 M2.

(xv) A Porta cabin up to 4.50 M2 permitted within setback area, provided it does not obstruct fire

Page 126: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 3

vehicles movement.

13.5.2 Grant, Refusal and Deemed to be Sanctioned

If within the time limit stipulated in the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 as

amended from time to time for various categories of buildings specified therein or the Competent

Authority fails to intimate in writing to the person, who has applied for permission of its refusal or

sanction or any intimation, the application with its plans and statements shall be deemed to have

been sanctioned.

Provided that the fact is immediately brought to the notice of the Competent Authority in writing by

the person; and

Subject to the conditions mentioned in these Bye-laws, nothing shall be constructed to authorize any

person to do anything in contravention or against the terms of lease or titles of the land or against any

other Regulations, Bye-laws or Ordinance operating on the site of the work.

In case the Competent Authority rejects the application due to any reasons, the applicant can re-submit the building plan along with fees and with compliances.

13.6 Already permitted buildings

Building permission issued by the Competent Authority before these Regulations come in to effect

and where construction is in progress and has not been completed within the specified period from

the date of such permission, the said permission shall be deemed to be valid and shall only be eligible

for re-validation thereunder. Accordingly, where the validity of permission has expired, such

construction shall be governed by the provisions of these Regulations. If the validity of permission has

not expired and construction has not being started such applicants may revise the layout plan as per

these regulations.

13.7 Procedure for obtaining Permission

13.7.1 Application

The application for development of land to be undertaken on behalf of the Union or State Government

under Section 28 and under Section 29 by a Local Authority or any Authority specially constituted

under the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 as amended from time to time

shall be accompanied by such documents as prescribed under Rule- 14 of the Himachal Pradesh Town

and Country Planning Rules, 2014. The application for development of land to be undertaken under

Section 30 by any person not being the Union or State Government, Local Authority or any Authority

specially constituted under the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 as amended

from time to time shall be in such Form along with the Specifications Sheet and Schedule attached

with these Forms and containing such documents and with such fee as prescribed under Rule 16 of

the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014.

All the applications shall be made online.

The procedure documents to be submitted online shall be as prescribed in the Himachal Pradesh Town

and Country Planning web portal i.e., http://tcp.hp.gov.in

Page 127: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 4

13.7.2 Documents Required

Apart from above, the applicant shall furnish the following additional documents namely:

13.7.2.1 Administrative Documents:

1. A copy of Ownership documents, i.e. latest original Jamabandi. 2. Latest original Tatima showing Khasra number of land in question, adjoining Khasra numbers

from all sides of plot and width of the approach path/road. 3. Copy of Treasury Challan Form vide which requisite fee has been deposited. 4. To avail any compensatory benefits due to land acquisition for any public infrastructure a

certificate from the Municipal council/Nagar Panchayat or Gram Panchayat or Competent

Authority as the case may be, shall be enclosed in support of claim for compensatory benefits.

13.7.2.2 Technical Documents:

5. Location Plan in the Scale of 1:1000, with North direction indicating the land in question, main

approach roads, important physical features of the locality/area, important public buildings like

School, Hospital, Cinema, Petrol Pump etc. and surrounding ownership. 6. Site Plan in the scale of 1:200 with North direction indicating the proposed site, approach road,

adjoining buildings, the existing and proposed utility infrastructure such as drainage and

sewerage, water supply and power including the built-up area and open area clearly. Site must

tally with the shape and dimensions of plot shown in the Tatima. 7. Building Plan showing floor plans, elevations and sections in the scale of 1: 100. The architectural

drawings duly signed by the private professionals registered under Appendix-10 of Himachal

Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules 2014 as amended from time to time. 8. Recommended notation for colouring of plans: The site and building plans shall be coloured as

specified in the table given below. Where items of work are not identified, the colouring notation

used shall be indexed

Table 13-2: Colouring of Plans

Sr. No. Item Site Plan Building Plan RGB Codes for soft copies

1. Plot lines Thick Black Thick Black 0,0,0

2. Existing Street Green …… 0,128,0

3. Future Street (if any) Green dotted …… 0,128,0

4. Permitted building line Thick dotted Black

…… 0,0,0

5. Existing work (Outline) Black Black 0,0,0

6. Work proposed to be demolished Yellow hatched Yellow hatched 255,255,0

7. Proposed—

(a)Additions/Alterations.

(b) Entirely new work

(a) Red

(b)Not to be

coloured

(a) Red

(b)Not to be

coloured

255,0,0

8. Drainage Red dotted Red dotted 255,0,0

9. Water Supply Blue dotted Blue dotted 0,0,255

1. In the Site Plan, the horizontal distance of electricity line, from development as per Indian

Electricity Rules, in case any electricity line is passing over or nearby the proposed site shall be

Page 128: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 5

shown.

2. A certificate from the Nagar Panchayat or Gram Panchayat or Competent Authority, as the case

may be, shall be enclosed to claim compensatory benefit in support of taking over the land

surrendered for development of road/ path/ public facility or amenities/ infrastructure. The land

surrendered for development of Public Street/ Facility/ Infrastructure shall be registered by the

Revenue Authority as Public Purpose. Provided that the applicant shall be compensated by allowing

the Floor Area Ratio (FAR) on the surrendered land for public purpose.

Note- Total plot area shall also include the area surrendered for public purpose so that applicant

shall not lose the FAR for any land surrendered in public interest by utilising that FAR on the

remaining land.

3. The structural stability certificate and soil investigation report shall be submitted by the applicant

on submission of planning permission case and at the time of completion of structure and before

occupancy duly singed by the registered Structural Engineer as per Form -15 of the Himachal

Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules 2014 as amended from time to time.

13.8 General Regulations

The following General Regulations shall apply to all development activities in the Ghumarwin Planning Area: -

1. Development proposal for a part of land or total land shall be considered for sub - division

/Development keeping in view the interest of individuals according to the provision of applicable regulations and future scope of planned development of total area.

2. No yard or plot existing at the time of coming into force of these Regulations shall be reduced in dimension or area below the minimum requirement set forth herein. The yards or plots created after the effective date of these requirements shall meet at least the minimum requirements established by these regulations. All the plots registered prior to coming into force of these regulations shall be treated as plots irrespective of their size subject to the condition that 3.00m wide path abutting one side of plot will be the basic requirement. If 3.00m wide path is not available at site and if it is less in width then the owner shall surrender the remaining land from his plot to make the path as 3.00M wide, in such cases the benefit of additional FAR considering the area left for path under total plot area shall be given and no fee for such area shall be charged.

3. Where it is essential to develop a plot by cutting , it shall be the responsibility of the plot owner to provide according to the engineering specifications, retaining and breast walls so that such natural profile of land may not harm the adjoinging uphill side properties. However, cutting of natural

profile shall not exceed more than 3.50 Metre in any case having a provision of diaphragm wall for

step housing and maximum acceptable slope for development shall be 45 degrees.

4. Maximum height of plinth level shall be 2.00M provided that no slab will be in between.

5. Building footprint should be such that nothing intrudes on to the streets and adjoining properties.

6. Minimum permissible distance between two blocks constructed on a plot shall be 5.00 Meter or

one third of the height of the taller building, whichever is more.

7. The height of the room for human habitation shall not be less than 2.75 Metres and maximum 3.50

metre measured from the surface of the floor to the soffit of the slab, provided that the minimum

Page 129: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 6

headway under any beam shall not be less than 2.40 Metres. The height of floors other than human

habitation would be as per the requirement of the facility/use subject to restriction of overall height

of the structure.

8. No boundary wall, fence and hedge along any yard or plot shall exceed 1.50 Metre in height.But

keeping in view of site condition and security requirement of the building, the height of boundary wall may be permitted maximum up to 2.10m, in such a manner that it may not impede the vision on corner plot bounded by vehicular road in any area to avoid accidents and for smooth running of vehicular traffic.

9. On a corner plot bounded by a vehicular road in any land use zone or area, nothing shall be erected,

placed, planted or allowed to grow in such a manner to avoid accidents and smooth running of

vehicular traffic.

10. No construction shall be allowed within 5.00 Metre distance from the existing forest or green belt

boundary and with in radius of 2.00m from an existing tree. The distance shall be measured from

the circumference of tree.

11. Minimum building width of 5.00 Metre be ensured after leaving setbacks. In case of plots having

irregular shape & area less than 150 sqm, minimum relaxation in set backs can be considered to achieve min. 5.00 m building width. There will be no side setbacks in case of row housing.

12. No construction activities shall be allowed within a belt of 25 m/ 10m/ 5m from the boundary of

the river/khad/ Nallah respectively.

13. Natural nallahs which pass through land involving division shall be developed and maintained according to discharge of water.

14. The existing non conforming uses of land and buildings, if continued after coming into force of this Development Plan shall not be allowed in contravention of provisions of section-26 of Himachal Pradesh Town & Country Planning Act, 1977.

15. The planning permission for development shall be granted if the path is developed or it is entered in revenue or it is transferred in the name of concerned ULB/Gram Panchayat.

16. In case of existing areas, the Front and Rear setbacks need not be left and existing building line can be maintained provided further that the existing buildings are approved by the competent authority or constructed prior to the enforcement of M.C ACT/TCP ACT.

17. Drainage shall be regulated strictly according to natural profile of land with a view to prevent landslides, soil erosion and to maintain sanitation.

18. In case of plot or land abutting existing road or path, width of the same shall be increased to meet requirements of this Development Plan by getting additional strip of land surrendered by the land owner(s) on either sides of each road or path equitably or in accordance with topography of land

Page 130: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 7

and feasibility. Right of ownership of use of such land, which is earmarked for path or road shall be surrendered or transferred to the Development Authority or Local authority as the case may be, by owners of the plots without any compensation for maintenance purpose. The Registering Authority shall have binding with this provision to affect all Registrations as per approved layouts from the Director. The Registering Authority shall affect transfer of mutations in the name of Government for the land surrendered for public roads, path, facilities and Parks & open spaces.

19. In case of Petrol Filling Station, the layout plan /norms of the Indian Oil Corporation (IOC) shall be adopted. However, on National Highways and State Highways the Front setback shall be kept as 8.00metre from acquired width of Highway. If the Rear and Side setbacks are not mainitained in the layout plan of IOC then the sides and rear setbacks shall be 2.00 metre minimum.

20. Provisions for parking shall be mandatory whereas feasible. The maximum Height of parking floor shall be 3.00 metre for residential use and 4.00 m for other uses which sheeer walls on all the three sides. The parking floor shall be over and above the permissible F.A.R. In case space as per requirement for parking is available in open over and above the setbacks, condition of parking floor shall not be insisted.

21. Multilevel parking floors shall be allowed in Government and public undeertakjing buildings and in commercial uses wherever feasible. The regulations of public and semi public use shall be applicable to the Multilevel parking floor in Govt. Buildings. The Regulations of Commercial Uses shall be applicable for multilevel parking floors propose in Commercial uses. Though one parking floor is mandatory yet, second parking floor can be constructed which will be optional. Parking floor more than one shall be counted towards F.A.R in commercial, residential, others uses except in the case of Govt. Buildings subject to the height of building restrictgion and structure stability.

22. Sloping roof shall be mandatory. The CGI sheets on roof top and MS sheet 0.24 wide Facia shall be painted in post office red or Grey green color or any other color confirming to the natural roofing material. Height of sloping roof zero at eaves level and maximum 2.75 M at acenter shall be permissible. The dormer at suitable distance on edither side of the roof shall be permissible subject to the condition that the ridge of the Dormer shall be below the ridge of main roof. The 1/3rd area of top floor shall be allowed as open terrace wherever sloping roof is provided.

23. Roof top @ 12 sq mtr. 1 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) shall be used for Solar Photovoltaic (PV) installations in public and semi-public buildings, and tourism unit.

24. Issuance of NO Objection Certificate (NOC) for water supply and electricity and sewerage connection shall be as under:-

(a) Temporary at plinth level. (b) Permanent on completion of dwelling unit/floor/whole building as per approval.

25. Any subsequent deviations made in the building constructed after getting the plan approved and after grant of NO Objection Certificate (NOC) issued by the Department shall entail the entire building unauthorised and NOC so issued shall be withdrawn and the services shall be disconnected.

Page 131: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 8

26. Adequatre distance from the electric lines as per the requirement of Himachal Pradesh State Electricity Board Limited (HPSEB Ltd.) Rules shall have to be maintained. The No Objection Certificate (NOC) of the competent authority shall also be required, if HT/LT line is crossing through the site.

27. Regulation regarding re-construction of houses/buildings in the existence shall be on predominantly existing building lines, provided minimum width of road as per Rules is available and roof projections, sun shades shall be permitted over streets or paths, as the case may be. Construction on sandwiched plots in Bazar area shall be permissible for shops as per existing building lines, only in existing built up areas

28. The provision for Rain Harvesting Tank shall be proposed in the plan @ 20 Litre per sqm. of the roof top area where roof top area exceeds 200 sq. Mtr.

29. No plot size restriction shall be applicable for the plots existing prior to enforcement of the

Himachal Pradesh Town & Country Planning Act, 1977 ( Act No. 12 of 1977) and to the plots carved out after inheritence and to such plots carved out for social housing schemes of Government.

30. The habitable basement and attic /mezzanine floor shall be counted as independent storey. 31. Though minimum area of plot has been defined in Regulations , yet the plots allotted by the Central

or State Government under various Social Housing Schemes including Gandhi Kutir Yojana, Indira Awas Yojana, Rajiv Awas Yojana, Afforable Housing Schemes launched by the Central or State Government may be considered and permission accorded in relaxation of Regulations. However, the minimum area of plot for the persons belonging to the Economically Weaker Sections and Low Income Groups of society should not be less than 45 sqm and 80 sqm respectively.

32. In case of any clarification with reference to any provision or if there is no any specific provision, the provisions as envisaged in the Urban and Regional Development Plans Formulation and Implementation Guidelines, 2014 of the Government of India or the National Building Code of India, 2005 shall have to be adhered to.

33. Permissible Area Standard/Norms for different parts of a Building shall be as under:-

Habitable room Minimum floor area

Minimum width

9.50M²

2.40M

Kitchen Minimum floor area

Minimum width

4.50M²

1.80M

Bath room Minimum floor area

Minimum width

1.80M²

1.20M

Water Closet (WC) Minimum floor area

Minimum width

1.10M²

0.90M

Toilet (WC +Bath)

Minimum floor area

Minimum width

2.30M²

1.20M

Minimum width of corridor

For Residential use

for other uses

1.00M

1.20M

Minimum width of stairs For Residential use 1.00M

Page 132: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 0 9

for other uses 1.50M

Minimum width of treads without nosing

For Residential use

for other uses

25 centimeter wide for internal stairs

30 centimeter wide for internal stairs case

Maximum height of riser For Residential use for other uses

19 centimeter 15 centimeter

Provision of spiral stair case

For other uses except Residential use

Provision of spiral stair case not less than 1.50M dia with adequate head height for fire escape in addition to regular stair case

Opening For sufficient air and light, windows and ventilators should have minimum area equivalent to 1/6thof Floor Area

Projections over doors, windows and ventilators & roof projections

0.60M

Balcony Projections 1.20M wide Balcony complete open on two sides with restriction of 50% of Building frontage where minimum front Set Back is 3.00M shall be permissible. Balcony of 1.00M width shall be allowed over Set Back of 2.50M

13.8.1 Setbacks

1. A Front set back of minimum 3.00 Meter shall be maintained from the controlled width. The

controlled width can be allowed for parking purpose which has to be open to sky.

2. The setbacks shall not be applicable to services like, all road side infrastructure/ facilities such as

rain shelters, toilets, landscaping etc. Such temporary structures which are specifically permitted

by the Himachal Pradesh Public Works Department on the acquired width of a road should not touch the abutting properties.

3. In case of irregular plots or in case of site constraints, uniformity of setbacks shall not be insisted.

However, the minimum setback of 1.00 Metre and sunshade of 0.45 metre should be maintained

on the irregular side. Competent Authority would consider the average setbacks or minimum open

area while approving such cases provided it does not obstruct fire vehicles movement.

4. In the plot setback, parking, porch, garage, swimming pool, septic tank, other services and steps

and ramp up to plinth level would be permissible.

5. For the plots abutting Highways, by pases and other H.P PWD scheduled roads, No objection

certificate from H.P Public works department shall be mandartory, in the cases where plot is directly abutting to these roads and there is direct access through connecting brige and by constructing ramps to such roads.

13.8.2 Building Height

The building height shall be the vertical distance measured:-

Page 133: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 0

i. In the case of flat roofs from the plinth level to the highest point of the building.

ii. In case of pitched roofs from the plinth level to the highest point up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof.

The following structures shall not be considered in regulating the height of the building: -

1. Roof tanks and their supports not exceeding 2.00 Meter in height.

2. Mechanical, electrical, HVAC, lift rooms and similar service equipment.

3. Staircase mumty not exceeding 3.00 Meter in height including roof.

4. Solar panels installed on the roof.

5. These height regulations shall not apply to the structures housing main seat of Deity /Sanctum /

Sanctorum which are part of religious buildings e.g. Temples, Mosques, Gurudwaras, Churches, etc.

provided it is so designed and approved by the Competent Authority. The height restrictions shall

apply to the ancillary structures like dharamshala, sarai etc.

6. Arcitectural features serving no other function except that of decoration, chimneys, poles, parpet and other projections not used in human habitation, may extend beyond the prescribed height limits, not exceeding 1.50 m in height. The cornices and window sills may also project in to any required set backs.

13.8.3 Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio

The Floor Area Ratio (FAR) means the quotient obtained by dividing the total covered area (plinth area)

on all floors multiplied by 100 by the area of the plot.

FAR = Total covered area of all floors x 100

Plot Area

Illustration

10.00 M

15.00 M

Total Plot Area = 15.00 M X 10.00 M

= 150.00 M2

Setbacks Front = 2.00 M,

Left Side = 1.50 M

Page 134: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 1

Right Side = 1.50 M

Rear = 1.50 M

Built Up Area = 11.50 M X 7.00 M

(after leaving Setbacks) = 80.50 M2

Covered Area on one floor = 80.50 M2

Open Area = 150.00 M2 - 80.50 M2

= 69.50 M2

Floor Area Ratio (FAR) = 1.75

Total Built up Area = 150.00 M2 X 1.75

(as per FAR) = 262.50 M2

Therefore, Number of storeys = 262.50 M2

80.50 M2

= 3.26

Number of storeys = 3 storeys (say)

The following shall not be included in covered area for FAR and Ground Coverage calculations:

1. Machine room for lift on top floor as required for the lift machine installation.

2. Rockery, lift/ lift well, escalator/ travellator well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool,

swimming pool at any level (if uncovered), platform around a tree, water tank, fountain, bench,

chabutara with open top and / or without enclosures, open ramps, compound wall, gate, slide swing

door, fire staircase (without enclosure), fire towers, refuse area, fire control room, overhead water

tank or top of building/ open shafts, cooling towers.

3. Mumty over staircase on top floor maximum 3.00 M height.

4. Watch and ward cabins of total area not more than 4.50 M2 and 6.00 M2 with W/C each at entry

and exit only, within the property line.

5. Pergolas, sunshade elements and balconies with maximum 2 side enclosed.

6. Plinth steps/ ramp.

7. Meter Room with HT/ LT panel, DG Room, AC Plant room, CC TV room/ Control room, Fire Control

room and similar services area permitted in the setback and shall not be counted in FAR. Similarly

Service area on habitable floors- like HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning), MEP

installations, Janitor Rooms, AHU Room, Electric room, LT Room, CCTV room, laundry or any other similar services and Building service shafts like electrical shafts, communication shafts, fire shafts

MEP and HVAC shall not be from FAR.

8. Entrance porch, veranda, canopies, covered one Parking floor Area shall not be counted in FAR but

shall account for ground coverage.

Page 135: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 2

9. Basement if used for parking, household storage and services. Basement area shall not extend

beyond the ground coverage.

13.8.4 Cellar

Any storey of the building completely or partly below the natural ground level shall be considered as

cellar.

Construction of cellar shall not be counted as a storey and should be constructed within prescribed

building lines and subject to maximum coverage on floor i.e. entrance floor and may be put for

following uses:-

i. storage of household or other goods of ordinarily combustible material.

ii. strong rooms, bank cellars etc.;

iii. air conditioning equipment and other machines used for services and utilities of the building and

iv. parking spaces.

The cellar shall have following requirements:-

i. All the walls shall be kept solid and without any openings; and below the natural ground level

except the portion kept for ventilation purpose;

ii. Every cellar shall be, in every part, at least 2.40 M in height from the floor to the underside of the

roof slab or ceiling.

iii. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the cellar and any deficiency in ventilation requirements

may be met by providing mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans and air

conditioning system etc.;

iv. The minimum clear height of the ceiling of any cellar shall be 0.90 M and the maximum 1.20 M

above the average surrounding ground level;

v. Adequate arrangements shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter the cellar;

vi. The walls and floors of the cellar shall be watertight and be so designed that the effects of the surrounding soil and moisture if any, are taken into account in design and adequate damp proofing treatment is given;

vii. The access to the cellar shall be separate from the main and alternative staircase providing access

and exit from higher floor. Where the staircase is continuous in the case of buildings served by

more than one staircase, the same shall be enclosed type, serving as a fire separation from the

basement/cellar floor and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted, if they are constructed

within the building line subject to the provision clause (v) above;

viii. In case partition in the basement/cellars is allowed by the Authority, no compartment shall be less

than 50.00 M2 in area and each compartment shall have proper ventilation provision and the

basement/cellar partition shall however, conform to the norms laid down by the Fire Services; and

ix. In no circumstances, construction of Toilet, Bath, Kitchen etc. shall be allowed in the

Page 136: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 3

basement/cellar.

13.8.5 Regulations for Services

1. Septic Tank or connections with sewerage lines, where available shall be mandatory.

2. All Commercial/ Public and Semi -Public buildings above 15.00 Metres height shall have the

provisions for elevators/lift.

3. Firefighting provisions and specification shall be as per National Building code of India, 2016.

4. Risks and respective mitigations shall be planned by the competent authorities such as state Fire

department and police to manage events and respond to natural disasters.

5. Distance from Electric lines- The distance in accordance with the Himachal Pradesh State Electricity

Board Limited as amended from time to time and as defined in National Building Code of India,

2016 is to be provided between the building and overhead electric supply line as under:-

Table 13-3: Clearances from Electric Supply Lines

Source: NBC, 2016

13.9 Development Control Regulations

13.9.1 Residential Buildings

The applicant must make sure the layout plan of residential building complies with following basic

requirements:

i. That there should be sufficient natural light and fresh air/ ventilation in the habitable area within

the building, when constructed.

ii. That there is protection against fire, noise, dust and pollution hazards.

iii. That circulation and access is easy and safe from any accident point of view.

iv. The minimum plot area, minimum setbacks and maximum FAR shall be as under:

Table 13-4: Residential Building Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Sl.

No.

Description and Minimum Plot Area

Minimum Set Backs (in Meters)

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio Maximum Height in Meters

Front Sides Rear

I Row Houses with common

1 45m2 up to 90 m2 1.00 Nil 1.00 1.75 12.00

2 91m2 up to 120 m2 2.00 Nil 1.50 1.75 15.00

Sr. No. Type of Supply Line Vertical Clearance Horizontal Clearance

1. Loaw and medium Voltage lines and service lines not exceeding 650V

2.50 Metre 1.20 Metre

2. High voltage lines above 650 Volts and including 11,000 Volts

3.70 Metre upto and

including 33kV

1.20 Metre

3. High voltage lines above 11,000 Volts and upto and including 33,000 Volts

3.70 Metre 2.00 Metre

4. Extra high voltage lines additional 33,000 Volts

3.70 Metre plus 0.30 Metre

for every additional 33,000 Volts or part thereof

2.00 Metre plus 0.30 Metre

for every additional 33,000 Volts or part thereof

Page 137: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 4

Sl.

No.

Description and Minimum Plot Area

Minimum Set Backs (in Meters)

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio Maximum Height in Meters

Front Sides Rear

II Semi-detached Houses with common wall on one side

1 Above 120 up to 150 m2 2.00 1.50 1.50 1.75 18.00

Above 150 up to 250 m2 2.00 1.75 1.50 1.75 21.00

III Detached Houses

1 150 m2 to 250 m2 2.00 1.50 1.50 1.75 21.00

2 Above 250 m2 up to 500 m2 3.00 2.00 2.00 1.75 21.00

3 Above 500 m2 5.00 3.00 3.00 1.75 21.00

Note:

1. The entrance to the house shall be from the front setback area and none of the projections shall infringe on

to the road ROW.

13.9.2 Commercial Buildings

There would be Mixed Land Use in the Ghumarwin Planning Area, as per the Land use plan 2035 in

the Development plan. The permitted uses in the mixed land use areas shall be as per the land use

permissibility table.

Table 13-5: Commercial building Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Sl.

No.

Description and Minimum Plot Area

Minimum Set Backs (in Meters)

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Maximum Height

(in Meters) Parking Standards

Front Side Rear

1 Booth upto 10 m2 1 Nil Nil - 4.00

2

Shops :

(1)Independent

shop/Showroom

Standaloneabove10 -30

(II) Row shops with

common wall on two

sides above 30-100

(III) Row shops with

common wall on two

sides above 100-250

(IV)Above 250 -500

2.00

2.00

2.00

3.00

Nil

Nil

1.50

2.00

1.00

1.00

1.50

2.00

-

1.75

1.75

1.75

6.00

9.00

21.00

21.00

1.5 ECS per 100

sq.m. of Built up

Area

3

Shopping Complex 1. above 500 m2 to

1500 m2 2. Above 1500 m2 to

4000 m2 3. Above 4000 m2

5.00

10.00

12.00

3.00

5.00

7.50

3.00

5.00

6.00

1.75

1.75

1.50

21.00

21.00

21.00

i)1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m

of Built up Area

ii)2.00 ECS per 100

sq.m of Built up Area

iii)3.00 ECS per 100

sq.m of Built up Area

4 Cinema/ Cineplex

4000 sq.m. & above

Multiplexes

4000 sq.m. & above

15.00

15.00

7.50

9.00

6.00

9.00

1.50

1.50

21.00

21.00

3.0 ECS per 100

sq.m of Built up

Area

Page 138: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 5

Sl.

No.

Description and Minimum Plot Area

Minimum Set Backs (in Meters)

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Maximum Height

(in Meters) Parking Standards

Front Side Rear

5 Tourism Unit(Hotel

,Guest house or Eco Tourism)

i) 250-500

ii) 500-1500

iii) Above 1500

3.00

5.00

8.00

2.00

4.00

5.00

2.00

3.00

4.00

1.75

1.50

1.50

21.00

21.00

21.00

1.00 ECS per 100 sq.m

of Built up Area

1.50 ECS per 100 sq.m

of Built up Area

2.00 ECS per 100 sq.m

of Built up Area

6 Petrol Pump # 1000 sq.m. (Minimum

size)

8.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

6.00

7 Multi- level Parking

i) 500m2 - 1500 m2

ii) Above 1500 m2 - 4000

m2 iii) Above 4000 m2

5.00

10.00

12.00

3.00

5.00

7.50

3.00

5.00

6.00

1.75

1.75

1.50

21.00 21.00

21.00

Note:

The height of Service floor wherever proposed for installation of services in case of Commercial/ shopping

complexes/ hotels, shall be restricted to 2.10 Meter and this floor is exempted from FAR, however the

overall height restriction of building shall remain the same.

Multiplex complex shall mean an integrated entertainment and shopping centre/ complex having at least 2 Cinema Halls. The minimum area on which this use shall be permitted should not be less than 4000 M2. Apart from Cinema Halls, the Multiplexes may also have Restaurant, Fast Food, Outlet, Pubs, Health Spas/ Centers, Hotels and other Re-creational activities. The shopping center may have Retail Outlet, Video Games, Parlours, Bowling Alleys, Health Centers, Shopping Malls, Office space.

ECS (Equivalent Car Space) shall mean as under:- (i) For parking in open = 23 M2 (ii) For parking in stilts or ground floor = 28 M2 (iii) For parking in basement floor = 32 M2

(a) Commercial Corridor

Commercial corridor with mixed land use as per the Land use Plan in the Development Plan 2035 on

NH-103 and SH-19 in the Ghumarwin Planning Area shall be governed by its specific Special Area

Norms ‘Mixed Land Use’ along Highways.

Page 139: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 6

13.9.3 Public-Semi Public Buildings (PSP)

Table 13-6: PSP Building Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Sl.

No.

Description and Minimum Plot Area

Minimum Set Backs (in Meters)

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Maximum Height

(in Meters) Parking Standards

Front Side Rear

1 Govt. Building, Educational

building, Police/ Fire

Station, Library/ Religious

Building, medical, community hall, community centre, marriage palaces/ barat grah i) 150 -250

i) Above 250- 500

ii) Above 500-1000

iii) Above1000-5000

iv) Above 5000

2.00

3.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

1.50

2.00

2.00

5.00

7.50

1.50

2.00

3.00

1.50

7.50

1.50

2.00

1.75

1.50

1.50

15.00

21.00

21.00

21.00

21.00

For i) to iii) 1.0 ECS per

100 sq.m. of Built up

Area

For iv) & v) 1.50 ECS

per 100 sq.m. of Built

up Area

13.9.4 Industrial Buildings

The industrial land use primarily caters to the agro based small and medium scale industries with

necessary storing, processing and packaging units.

Service industries like cottage or household industry, carpentry, knitting, weaving, blacksmith,

goldsmith, atta chakki, water mill, agriculture equipments, machinery repair, electrical, electronic,

household appliances, tiny auto repair workshops etc. shall be encouraged.

Under small scale industry sector, generally Electronics and Information Technology based or similar

activities which cause least water, air and noise pollution shall be considered. However while doing

so, the entrepreneur shall have to guarantee an independent arrangement of their own water supply/ source to the satisfaction of the competent authority.

The development of industrial area may have plotted development for individual industrial units. Some part of industrial area may be used for flatted type of industry.

The plot area, minimum set-backs, maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) and maximum height of building

shall be governed by following Table. The other regulations are as follows:

1. The layout and design of industrial area, if any, shall be as per requirement of the Industry and shall

be got approved from the Director.

2. Minimum width of path/road abutting one side of plot shall be 5.00 M.

3. Least hill cutting shall be permitted so as to conserve natural landform.

4. No felling of trees shall be allowed except with the prior permission of the State Forest Department.

5. The minimum floor/ storey height of industrial building shall be 3.00 Metres and sloping roof height

shall be in accordance with volume of the structure. In case of roof trusses, height of building should

Page 140: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 7

be adjusted /relaxed accordingly.

6. Service area required for pharmaceutical units or such type of Industries under requirement of

Goods Manufacturing Practice (G.M.P) shall not be included for calculation of FAR, provided it is

only used for utilities and services but not in any case for production.

7. For ancillary uses like security post/room shall be allowed in set-back area i.e. one wall shared with

the boundary wall and shall be counted in the Floor Area Ratio (FAR).

8. Cellar shall be allowed within the industrial plots as per the provisions of these Regulations.

Table 13-7: Industrial Regulations shall be applicable in Ghumarwin Planning Area

Sl.

No. Type of Industry and Minimum Plot Area

Minimum Set Backs (in Meters)

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

Maximum Height in Meters

Front Side Rear

1 Small Scale Industries 250 m2 to 500 m2

3.00 2.00 2.00 1.75 12.00

2 Service/Light scale Industries

Above 500 m2 to 1000 m2 5.00 2.00 3.00 1.50 12.00

3 Medium Scale Industries Above 1000 m2 to 5000 m2

10.00 5.00 5.00 1.25 15.00

4 Large & Heavy Scale Indusries Above 5000 m2

15.00 7.50 7.50 1.00 15.00

Note:-

i. The plot area as mentioned in Table above would not be applicable in the cases where the sub-

division of land has taken effect before the commencement of the Himachal Pradesh Town and

Country Planning Rules, 2014.

ii. The plot area as mentioned in Table above would not be applicable for the individual plots, if any,

created/allotted by the Himachal Pradesh Industries Department and Himachal Pradesh State

Industrial Development Corporation (HPSIDC) or any other Authority prior to coming into force of

the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014.

13.9.5 Other Regulations

13.9.5.1 Other General Regulations

Regulations for Solar Passive Building Design, for Development of Barrier Free Environment for the

Persons with Disabilities in Public and Semi Public Building & Re-creational Areas within the limits of

Economic Capacity, for Rain Water Harvesting, for Development of Apartments and Colonies in Real

Estate Projects and for Installation for Communication Towers shall be as prescribed in the Himachal

Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014 (Amendment 2016).

13.9.5.2 Regulation for development of Information Technology Park (IT/Bio-Park)

The development of Information Technology Park shall be regulated as per Regulations contained in

Appendix-3 of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014 (Amendment 2016).

13.9.5.3 Regulations Fire and Life Safety

Page 141: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 8

The provisions of fire and life safety as enshrined in the National Building Code of India, 2016 shall be

applicable to buildings having height of 15.00 Meter or above and having floor area more than 500

M2 on any one or more floors and in case of Institutional Buildings it shall be applicable to the buildings

having height of 9.00 Meter and above.

13.9.6 Relaxations

In the public interest and in the interest of town design or any other material consideration the

Director (TCP) may relax minimum size of plot, setbacks and Floor Area Ratio (FAR). The decision of

the Competent Authority shall be final.

13.10 Special Area Regulations

13.10.1 Mixed Land Use

For controlling linear mixed use development, the building use permissibility & accessibility to

individual plots as well as large developments shall be governed as below:

1. In case of building line of the properties adjoining the main highway, a minimum 3.00m distance

from controlled width of road.

2. Any new access opening on the highway shall be duly permitted by Competent Authority.

3. Essential highway amenities and services, namely, petrol pump, service station including

emergency repair services, restaurants, parking lots, motels, police check-post, toll station, shall be

permitted direct access from the National Highway crossing the Ghumarwin Planning Area

boundary. Such access shall be provided with proper lay-by as per the guidelines specified by the

Indian Road Congress or Competent Authority.

4. Boundary walls, fences, advertisements, hedges, trees shall not cause obstruction of view for the

road users. Restrictions on structures between highway control lines and building line:-

The following activities shall not be allowed between-Right of Way of the National Highway and the

permissible building line of the plots in subject:

1. Construct, form or lay out any means of access to, or from, a highway, or 2. Erect any building, or 3. Make or extend any excavation

13.11 Risk Based Classification of Buildings

In order to mitigate any disasters, risk based buildings have been classified in three categories

namely:-

1. High Risk Buildings 2. Medium Risk Buildings 3. Low Risk Buildings

Page 142: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 1 9

Table 13-8: Risk Based Classification of Buildings for Ghumarwin Planning Area

Sr.

No.

Risk Buildings Planning Permission Time *

1. Residential Buildings

(a) High Group Housing Schemes, above 3 Storey buildings, buildings on slopes more than 30º, any building raised on landfill, reclaimed land, sinking and sliding zones, buildings within horizontal

distance upto 25.00 M from the Highest Flood Level (HFL) as

prescribed in the Rules, buildings with communication towers and

buildings falling under the corridor of HT/LT lines.

Within 60 days.

(b) Moderate All 2-3 storey buildings, buildings on slopes above 15º and upto

30º.

Within 30 days.

(c) Low Single Storey Buildings Constructed On Slope Less than 15º. Within 20 days.

2. Commercial Buildings

(a) High Commercial Shopping Complexes, Multiplexes, Tourism Units, Marriage palaces, Automobile Showrooms, any building raised on landfill, reclaimed land, sinking and sliding zones, buildings within the minimum setback from HFL as prescribed in the Rules, buildings with communication towers and buildings falling under

the corridor of HT/LT lines.

Within 60 days.

(b) Moderate Double storey shops Within 30 days.

(c) Low Single storey shops Within 20 days.

3. Industrial Buildings

(a) High Buildings above two storeys, any building above 10 meters height, any building raised on landfill, reclaimed land, sinking and sliding zones, buildings within the minimum setback from HFL as prescribed in the Rules, buildings with communication towers and

buildings falling under the corridor of HT/LT lines.

Within 60 days.

(b) Low Single storey buildings of 10 meters or less than 10 meters height. Within 20 days.

4. Public and Semi-Public

(a) High All buildings except for the buildings mentioned under Low Risk category

Within 60 days.

b) Low Toilets, rain shelters, pump houses and crematoriums. Within 20 days.

5. Mixed Land Use Buildings

(a) High All buildings. Within 60 days.

*: As amended from time to time by the State Govt.

Note:-

i. The High Risk category of constructions will be supervised by the Registered Private Professionals and the

Structural Safety Certificate & Design will be submitted by the Registered Structural Engineers .

ii. The Moderate Risk and Low Risk Category buildings would be given fast track approval.

13.12 Monitoring of Construction

1. The applicant shall intimate in writing to the concerned competent authority that the work of

execution of building has reached the plinth level. The competent authority shall inspect the

executed work within 15 days and shall allow the applicant for further construction, only if the

same is found in order.

2. In case the competent authority does not inspect the site within the prescribed period, the

applicant shall certify that he has carried the construction upto plinth level in accordance with permission order and consequent upon not conducting the inspection within stipulated period, the

Page 143: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 0

applicant is undertaking the further construction in accordance with permission order.

3. If the competent authority on inspection later on observes at any stage that the work has not been

carried in accordance with the approved plan, notice of unauthorized construction or deviation shall be served upon for restoration of the same to its original condition as prescribed in the Act or

any other action as specified in Rules and Regulations there under.

4. The concerned competent authority, if required, may direct the applicant to revise the building

plan as per requirement of Rules and Regulations and if it is found in order, the revised map shall

be approved.

5. After completion of the building, the applicant shall submit a completion plan along with a

certificate to the concerned competent authority certifying that the construction has been

completed as per the approved map.

6. Building shall not be put to use prior to issuance of completion certificate by the competent

authority.

13.13 Change of Land Use

(i) The Change of Land Use shall be allowed based on Development Plan 2035 as in force or statutorily

amended thereafter.

(ii) Change of Land Use shall be allowed by the Director (TCP) subject to the condition that the

applicant fulfils the Regulations applicable for the Land Use proposed to be changed.

(iii) No Change of Land use shall be permitted for the Sericulture Land parcels as marked in the

Development Plan.

(iv) Change of Building Use may be permitted by the Director (TCP), as the case may be, on merit of

the case, subject to the condition that there is no disturbance to the adjoining building owners

and fulfilment of other Regulations specified for the purpose.

(v) The Change of Building Use for Hotel and Guest Houses shall be permissible only if sufficient

parking area is available.

13.14 Regulations for Land Pooling and Re-constitution of Plots

1. On commencement of this Development Plan, no person shall be allowed to carve out plots of zig-

zag ‘Khasra’ Numbers in his ownership and the same have to be organized along with other such

adjoining parcels of land to ensure proper dimensioned plots to the purchasers, on one hand and in the interest of urban design, safety, economy, functionality, aesthetics and optimum use of land,

on the other.

2. Land Pooling scheme shall be worked out on the basis of population and area required for facilities

and amenities for the proposed population.

3. In a land pooling scheme, the land owners shall surrender a part of their land for circulation, public

facilities and amenities i.e., Public Purposes as per the pooling percentage. The remaining land shall

Page 144: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 1

be made available to the land owners proportionate to their original plot areas.

4. The pooling percentage for a land pooling scheme shall be based on the formula below:

Pooling = Area required for Public Purpose

%age Total Area of Land Pooling Scheme

Where area required for public purpose shall include road/path/circulation, infrastructural facilities

and networks, parking, parks, open spaces, playgrounds and recreational pursuit.

5. In case of any person whose plot comes within the roads or community amenities, he shall be

suitably relocated within the vicinity of the existing plot to the extent possible.

13.15 Sub-Division of Land Regulations

1. The Sub-Division of land into plots amounts to “Development” under the Himachal Pradesh Town

and Country Planning Act, 1977 as amended from time to time. No person shall sub-divide his land

unless permitted to do so in accordance with Rules and Regulations in force.

2. Similarly no Registrar or the Sub-Registrar shall register any sale deed or documents of any sub-

division of land on share basis unless the sub-division of land is duly approved by the competent

authority in accordance with provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act,

1977 as amended from time to time and sub- division of land Regulations as contained in this

Development Plan.

3. Natural Nallahs and Khads which passes through land/ land sub-division shall be developed and

maintained according to discharge of water during the peak rainy season. The minimum distance

of building from such Nallahs should be at least 5.00 Metre. The minimum distance of building from

the bank of such Khads (i.e, Makan& Seer Khad) should not be less than 10.00 Metre.

4. One side of every residential plot shall abut with minimum 3.00 M wide access road.

5. In case of plots or land abutting the existing or proposed roads or paths is of lesser width than

required width, width of the same shall have to be increased to meet requirements of width for

requisite plots.

6. Any yard or plot existing at the time of coming into force of these Regulations shall not be reduced

in dimension or area below the minimum requirement set forth herein. The yards or plots created

after the effective date of these Regulations shall meet at least the minimum requirements established by these Regulations. All the plots registered prior to coming into force of these

Regulations shall be treated as plots irrespective of their size subject to the condition that 3.00

Metre wide road abutting one side of the plot will be the basic requirement.

7. If 3.00 Metre wide road is not available at site and if it is less in width then the owner shall surrender

the remaining width of the road ROW from his plot to make the road as 3.00 Metre wide. In such

case the setback shall be considered from the revised ROW of the access road.

Page 145: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 2

8. The construction would be allowed on hereditary owned smaller plots on and above 45 sq.m. i.e.,

minimum plot size for row housing. If the plot size after sub-division is coming less than 45sq.m.,

then the plot cannot be sub-divided further, however independent floors/strata division shall be

allowed.

9. Regulations for the development of a Group Housing Scheme shall be governed by the Appendix-7

of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014 ‘Regulations for Development of

Apartments and Colonies in Real Estate Project’.

10. Where it is essential to develop a plot by cutting of natural land profile, it shall be the responsibility

of the plot owner to provide retaining and breast walls, according to the engineering specifications,

so that such cutting of natural profile shall not exceed more than 3.50 Metre in height.

11. The sub-division of land shall be permitted in accordance with natural profile of topography as shown on the contoured map alongwith drainage of land, access, road alignment, wind direction and other environmental requirements and according to prescribed land use in the Development Plan. Natural flora and fauna shall be preserved. Unless site conditions prohibit, plots shall be permitted at right angle to the road with proper shape and dimension, so that optimum use of the land is ensured.

12. The development of land shall not be permitted in area where basic services like paved road, water

supply, drainage, sewerage disposal, electirity, street lighting etc. do not exists or unless the applicant undertakes that these services shall be provided at his own cost.

i) Minimum width of pedestrian links to smaller cluster of plots, not

exceeding 5 in number. 3.00 M

ii) Minimum width of vehicular access, if number of plots is above 5. 5.00 M (with cul-de-sac) at the end.

iii) Minimum area for open/green space for the scheme having more than 5 plots.

10%

iv) Minimum area for soak pit etc. (irrespective of number of plots). 5% of the scheme area.

v) Orientation of the plots shall be provided in such a manner so as to be in conformity with the itegration of existing plots/ infrastructure, wind direction, natural flow of surface drainage to allow un-obstructed rain water discharge.

-

vi) Layout of plots shall be governed by easy access having acceptable grades minimum 1 in 15 and which may not obstruct view or vista.

-

13. Minimum area of plot for detached house shall not be less than 150 sqm. 14. Semi-detached house construction shall be allowed on plots upto max. 250 sqm and row housing

on plots upto 120 sqm. Subject to maximum number of such plots do not exceed 8 in row after with a gap of 7.00 m shall be left. Although maximumsize of plot for construction in a row with two common walls, has been kept 120 sqm, yet in exceptional circumstances, considering economic/site conditions the minimum siz of plots in row, with two common walls, up to 45 sqm for houses may be allowed so as to provide smallest possible residential construction in a planned manner for the benefit of economically weaker sections and Low Income Groups of society.

Page 146: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 3

13.16 Regulations of prescribed limits for development activities exempted under

Section 30-A of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977

(Act No. 12 of 1977)

1. Residential Buildings and Farm Houses

(i) Maximum floor area = 600.00 M2

(ii) Maximum number of storeys = 3 Nos +1 Parking floor wherever feasible.

Note: - The applicant may have a maximum floor area of 600.00 M2 distributed over not more than three storeys.

2. Commercial Use

(i) Maximum floor area = 100.00 M2

(ii) Maximum number of storeys = 2 Nos.

(iii) Minimum access = 3.00 M

(iv) Parking = For loading, un-loading and parking purpose suitable

community parking space has to be arranged by the Shop owners.

Note:- The applicant may have a maximum floor area of 100.00 M2 distributed over not more than two storeys.

3. Service Industries

(i) Maximum floor area = 100.00 M2

(ii) Number of storeys = 1 No.

(iii) Minimum access = 3.00 M

(iv) Parking = For loading, un-loading and parking

purpose suitable community parking space shall have to be ensured by the Industrialists.

4. Public Amenities

(i) Maximum floor area = As per requirement of the particular amenity.

(ii) Maximum Number of storeys = 3 Nos.

(iii) Minimum access = 3.00 M

(iv) Parking = @ 0.50 to 1.50 equivalent car space per 100 M2 of

floor area.

(v) Play fields in case of Educational buildings = 0.20 Hectare to 1.60 Hectare is Desirable,

however, as per availability of land.

5. Other Imperatives

(i) Structural safety and seismic proofing including soil investigation should be ensured.

(ii) Attic and basement shall be counted as a storey.

(iii) Sloping roof shall have to be ensured.

(iv) No construction shall be raised within a distance of 3.00 Metre from the edge of the roads

in respect of village roads.

Page 147: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 4

(v) No construction shall be raised within the controlled width of major District roads.

(vi) Minimum Set Back of 3.00 M from the controlled width of National Highways, State

Highways and Scheduled Roads under the Himachal Pradesh Road Side Land Control Act,

1968 shall be kept.

(vii) Minimum Set Back of 2.00 M in front and 1.50 M in sides and rear side and from the adjoining

property, Government land and 5.00 M from Forest land shall have to be maintained.

(viii) Adequate distance from the electric lines as per the requirement of Himachal Pradesh State

Electricity Board Limited (HPSEB Ltd) Rules shall have to be maintained. The No Objection

Certificate (NOC) of the competent authority shall also be required, if HT/LT line is crossing

through the Scheme.

(ix) The applicant shall endeavor to develop the colony along the slopes of hill without much

disturbance to the natural hill profile. In no case hill cut at any level shall not exceed 3.50

Metres.

(x) Provision of Rain Water Harvesting structure @ 20 Liters per M2 of roof area should be made.

(xi) Septic Tank and Soak Pit should be constructed.

(xii) Preference shall be given for Solar Passive Building Design.

(xiii) Locational attributes, aesthetics, local building material, heritage and environmental aspects should also be taken into account.

6. Remarks:

(i) The benefit of above exemptions shall only be available to the residents and original inhabitants of the areas, who owned the property at the time of commencement of the Act

and their natural heirs only and not to the persons who purchased land in rural areas.

(ii) Any person intending to carry out development activities exempted under section 30-A of the

Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 (Act No. 12 of 1977) shall give

information on simple paper alongwith a copy of original jamabandi and original tatima to the

concerned Panchayat before carrying out development activities. The concerned Panchayat

after verifying the documents, shall grant No Objection Certificate (NOC) to the applicant

under section 83-A of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 (Act No. 12

of 1977) for obtaining service connections.

(iii) In case of any constraints as per the site conditions in maintaining set backs, or any other regulations the Director or the concerned officer vested with the powers of the Director may

relax the same. In case of any clarification with reference to any proviso or if there is no any

specific provision, the provisions as envisaged in the Urban and Regional Development Plans

Formulation and Implementation (URDPFI) Guidelines, 2014 of the Government of India or the

National Building Code of India shall have to be adhered to.

13.17 Zoning Regulations

The land in the proposed Development Plan has been categorized into nine Land Use Zones:

I. Residential Use Zone

Page 148: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 5

II. Commercial Use Zone III. Mixed Use Zone IV. Industrial Use Zone

V. Public/Semi-Public Use Zone

VI. Recreational Use Zone VII. Transport Use Zone

VIII. Primary Activity(Agriculture) Use Zone

IX. Protected & Undevelopable Use Zone

13.17.1 RESIDENTIAL USE ZONE (R)

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Residential land use zone shall be as given

below:-

(a) Activities Permitted:-

Residence plotted (detached, semi-detached and row housing), Group housing, Residential flats,

work-cum-residential, Hostels, boarding and lodging houses (accommodation for transit employees

of Govt. /Local bodies), Night shelters, guest houses, Educational buildings (Kindergardens, nursery,

primary, high school), school for mentally /physically challenged, research institute,Baraat ghar/

marriage hall, Commiunity hall, old age home,crèches, day care centre, Religious places,

Neighborhood level social, cultural and recreational facilities with adequate parking provisions,

Community halls, Convenience shopping, local (retail) shopping, Community centers, clubs,

Auditoriums, Exhibition and art galleries, Libraries and Gymnasiums, Health clinics, yoga centers,

dispensaries, nursing homes and health centers (20 beds),Dispensary for pet & animals, Public utilities

and buildings except service and storage yards, Electrical distribution depots and water pumping

stations,

Nursery and green houses, Services for households (salon, parlors, bakeries, sweet shops, dry

cleaning, internet kiosks etc.), Banks, ATM and professional offices, Bus stops, taxi stands, Police

station / posts and post offices, Parks and tot–lots and accessory uses clearly incidental to residential

uses which will not create a nuisance or Hazard.

(b) Activities Restricted -That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Shopping centers, local council, state and central government offices,Colleges and research

institutions,Petrol pump, places of entertainment& worship, cinema halls, restaurants and hotels,

Markets for retail goods, weekly markets (if not obstructing traffic circulation and open during non –

working hours),informal markets,transit visitors camp,Hospital & sanitaria not creating any contagious

diseases, raising of poultry for non commercial uses provided that no bird is housed closer than 5.00m

of a dwelling or a property line, IT and IT enabled services, Night shelters Tourism related services,

Motor vehicle repairing, Workshop, garages, storage of LPG cylinders, Burial grounds, Printing presses

employing not more than 10 persons, Godowns /warehousing of non-perishables, Bus depots without

workshop, Household industries there shall be no public display of the goods),removal of gravel,

clay,sand or stone for development of site which will not result in stagnation of water or cause other

nuisance ,terminals, rail passangerand freightstations, taxi &Auto stands subject to coverage ,FAR ,

height & setbacks of this Zone.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

Page 149: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 6

Heavy, large and extensive industries, Noxious, obnoxious and hazardous industries, Warehousing,

storage godowns of perishables, hazardous, inflammable goods, Wholesale mandis, Junk yards,

Workshops for buses, Slaughter houses, Hospitals treating contagious diseases, Sewage treatment

plants and disposal sites, Water treatment plants, Solid waste dumping grounds, picnic huts,courts,

sport training centre,forensic science laboratory,Outdoor and Indoor games stadiums, Shooting range,

Zoological garden, botanical garden, bird sanctuary, International conference centers and all uses not

specifically permitted above.

13.17.2 COMMERCIAL USE ZONE (C)

The Commercial zone can be sub-divided into:-

1. Retail Shopping Zone and General Business: C1

2. Hospitality/ Hotels/ Lodges: C2

3. Wholesale, Godowns, Warehousing/ Regulated markets and Service Sector: C3

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Commercial land use zone shall be as given

below:

(a) Activities Permitted:-

Retail and wholesale business, mercantile, commercial centres, Wholesale storage yards, Godowns,

covered storage and warehousing, Banks, financial services and stock exchanges, Perishable goods

markets, Business and professional offices, Private institutional offices andGovt/semi government

offices.

Shops and shopping malls, Commercial services/garage /workshops, Restaurants and hotels, Hostels,

boarding houses, guest houses, Social and welfare institutions, Convenience and neighborhood

shopping centres, Local shopping centres, weekly and formal markets, Bakeries and confectionaries,

Cinema halls, theatres, banquet halls, auditoriums, Community halls, night shelters, Clinics and

nursing homes,pet clinics,post offices, police station/post, baraatghar/marriage hall, Petrol Pumps, IT

and IT enabled services, Commercial institutes, Research and training institutes, Parking lots, Taxi

stands, Two-wheeler stands.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Associated residential uses, Warehousing, storage godowns of perishable, inflammable goods, coal,

wood, timber yards, Non- polluting, non- obnoxious light industries, Junk-yards, Service centres,

garages, workshops, Printing presses employing not more than 10 persons, 20 bedded hospitals not

treating contagious diseases and mental patients, Weigh bridges, Gas installation and gas works,

Colleges, polytechnics and higher technical institutes, Sports complex and stadiums, Transient visitor’s

homes, Places of entertainment, Recreational uses and museums, Convention centres, Religious

places, Public Utilities, Telephone Exchanges, Police posts and post offices, Picnic Hut, Truck terminal,

bus depotsand parking, small workshops ,repair shopssubject to the setbacks & FAR,height & coverage

of this zone.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

Polluting industries, Heavy, extensive, noxious, obnoxious, hazardous and extractive industrial units,

Hospitals, research laboratories treating contagious diseases, Poultry farms, dairy farms, slaughter

Page 150: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 7

houses, Sewage treatment plants and disposal sites, Solid waste treatment plants and dumping

grounds, Agricultural uses, Storage of perishable and inflammable commodities, Quarrying of gravel,

sand, clay and stone, Zoological gardens, botanical gardens and bird sanctuary, Sports training centres,

Courts, forensic laboratory,District battalion office,International conference centre and all other

related activities which may cause nuisance.

13.17.3 MIXED USE ZONE (M)

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Mixed land use zone shall be as given below:-

(a) Activities Permitted:-

In the mixed use zone all activities falling within permitted land use (dominant land use) shall be

minimum 60% and to co-exist with commercial, institutional and recreational which shall include

Residential Plot- Plotted housing and Group housing, Residential-cum-work plot, Employees housing.

Guest House, Boarding and Lodging houses, Hostel, Dharamshala and its equivalent, Night shelter,

Local Level (Convenience/ Local Shopping Centre), Cinema/ Multiplexes, Post Offices, Parks and

Playgrounds, Service industry/centre, Road network with street furniture, Bus Stops, Taxi stand,

Parking, Community hall/baraat ghar/marriage Hall, Community/ Recreational Hall, Library, Reading

Room, Society Office, Creche and Day Care Centre, Nursing home/ Polyclinic/ Clinical Laboratory,

Religious premises, Gymnasium, Yoga Centres, Banks, clubs, ATM, Police stations, Police post.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Activities related to non-polluting household industrial land use shall be allowed to a maximum of

10%.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

All other activities especially industrial which are polluting in nature and which will have adverse

impact on the overall activities of this zone.

13.17.4 INDUSTRIAL USE ZONE (I)

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Industrial land use zone shall be as given below:-

(a) Activities Permitted:-

All kind of non-polluting industries, agro-based and household industries, Loading, unloading spaces,

Warehousing, storage and depots of non-perishable and non- inflammable commodities, Cold storage

and ice factory, Gas Godowns, Wholesale business establishments, Petrol filling station with garages

and service stations, Bus terminals and bus depots and workshops, Parking, parks &

playgrounds,medical centres, taxi stands, Residential buildings for essential staff and for watch and

ward, Public utilities.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Heavy, extensive and other obnoxious, hazardous industries subject to the approval of the Himachal

Pradesh Pollution Control Board, Industrial Research Institute, Technical Educational Institutions,

Junkyards, sports/ stadiums/ playgrounds, Sewage disposal works, electric power plants, service

stations, cemeteries, Govt. semi-govt., private business offices, Banks, financial institutions and other

Page 151: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 8

commercial offices, quarring of gravel,sand,clay or stone, Agro-based industries, dairy and farming,

Gas installations and gas works, Workshops / garages, Hotels and guest houses, Hospitals and medical

centres subject to the setbacks, FAR ,height and coverage of this zone.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

General business unless incidental to and on the same site with industry, Schools and colleges, Hotels,

motels and caravan parks, Recreational sports or centers, Other non-industrial related activities,

Religious buildings, Irrigated and sewage farms, Major oil depot and LPG refilling plants, Social

buildings and all uses not specifically permitted above. 13.17.5 PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC USE ZONE (PS)

The Public and Semi Public use zone can be sub divided into:-

1. Govt./ Semi Govt. / Public Offices: PS 1

2. Educational and Institutional: PS 2

3. Medical and Health PS 3

4. Socio-Cultural: PS 4

5. Utilities and Services: PS 5

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Public and Semi Public use zone (PS - 1 to PS - 5) shall be as given below: (a) Activities Permitted:-

Government offices, central, state, local and semi-Government, public undertaking offices,

Universities and specialized educational institutions, polytechnic, colleges, schools, research and

development centres, Social and welfare centres, Libraries, Hospitals, health centres, dispensaries and

clinics, Social and cultural institutes, Religious buildings, Marriage halls, community halls, Conference

halls, Museums, art galleries, exhibition halls, auditoriums, Police stations, police lines, jails, Local

state and central govt. offices uses for Defence purpose, Educational and research institutions, Social

and cultural and religious buildings , Local council & village council facilities, , Uses incidental to govt. offices and for their use, Monuments,

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Residential flats, residential plots for group housing and staff housing, IT services, Hostels, transit

accommodation, Entertainment and recreational complexes, Nursery and kindergarten, welfare

centre, Open air theatre, playground, Residential club, guest house, Bus/Truck terminals, helipads,

Service station, warehouse/storage godowns,Parking areas, taxi stands, two-wheeler stands,

commercial uses & any other activities, subject to the setbacks,FAR, height& coverage of this Zone.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

Heavy, extensive and other obnoxious, hazardous industries, Slaughterhouses, Junkyard, Wholesale

mandis, Dairy and poultry farms, farmhouses, Workshops for servicing and repairs, Processing and

sale of farm products and all uses not specifically permitted above.

Utilities and Services: PS-5

(a) Activities Permitted:-

Page 152: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 2 9

Post offices, Telegraph offices, public – utilities and buildings, Water Treatment Plant, Sewage

Treatment Plant, Solid waste Treatment Plant solid waste dumping grounds, Radio transmitter and

wireless stations, telecommunication centres, telephone exchange, Water supply installations,

Sewage disposal works, Service stations, Cemeteries/burial grounds and cremation grounds, Power

plants/ electrical substation, Radio and television station, Fire stations.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Service industry, Warehouse/storage godowns, Health centre for public and staff or any other use

incidental to public utilities and services, Information/Payment kiosk, Incidental/ancillary residential

use, Truck terminals, helipads, Commercial uses centre.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

Any building or structure which is not required for uses related to public utilities and activities is not

permitted therein. Heavy, extensive and other obnoxious, hazardous industries and all uses not

specifically permitted above. 13.17.6 RECREATIONAL USE ZONE (R)

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Recreational Use Zone shall be as given below:-

(a) Activities Permitted

Regional parks, district parks, playgrounds, Botanical/zoological garden, Bird sanctuary, Clubs,

stadiums (indoor), outdoor stadiums with/ without health centre for players and staff, Picnic huts,

holiday resorts, Shooting range, Sports training centres, specialized parks/maidans for multiuse,

swimming pool, Special recreation and special educational areas, Library, public utilities.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Building and structures ancillary to use permitted in open spaces and parks such as stand for vehicles

on hire, taxis and scooters, bus and railway passenger terminals, Facilities such as police post, fire

post, post and telegraph office, Commercial use of transit nature like cinema, circus and other shows,

Public assembly halls, Restaurants and caravan parks, Sports stadium, open air cinemas

(c) Activities Prohibited

Any building or structure which is not required for open air recreation, dwelling unit except for watch

and ward personnel and uses not specifically permitted therein. 13.17.7 TRANSPORT USE ZONE (T)

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Transport use zone shall be as given below:-

(a) Activities Permitted

All types of roads, Rail terminal, goods terminal, circulations, Bus stops and Bus and Truck terminals

Taxi stands, Parking areas, Filling stations, Transport offices, booking offices, Night shelter, boarding

houses, Banks, Restaurants, Workshops and garages, Automobile spares and services, Godowns,

Loading and unloading platforms (with/without cold storage facility), weigh bridges, Ware houses,

Storage depots, Utility networks (drainage, sewage, power, tele-communications) (b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Page 153: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 0

Way side shops and restaurants, Authorized/Planned Vending areas, Incidental/ancillary residential

use, Emergency health care centre, Tourism related projects, all ancillary (complimentary) uses for

above categories.

(c) Activities Prohibited

Use/activity not specifically related to transport are not permitted herein and all uses are not

specifically permitted as above. 13.17.8 PRIMARY ACTIVITY/AGRICULTURE USE ZONE (PA)

Primary Activity can be sub divided into:- 1. Agriculture: PA 1

2. Plantation: PA 2

3. Forestland/Govt land:PA 3

The activities Permitted, Restricted and Prohibited in Primary Activity zone shall be as given below:

(a) Activities Permitted

Dwelling for the people engaged in the farm (rural settlement), Farm-houses and accessory buildings,

Agriculture, horticulture and forestry, poultry, piggeries and dairy farm, Cottage industries, storage,

processing and sale of farm produce, Petrol and other fuel filling stations, Fishing, Public utility and

facility buildings.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Extensive industry, brick kilns, Sewage disposal works, Electric power plant, Quarrying of gravel, sand,

clay or stone, Service industries accessory to obnoxious and hazardous industries, School and library

and religious buildings, workshops for servicing and repair of farm machinery & service station on

fixed tenure basis, cold storage, godowns for food, seeds, fertilizers, agriculture/horiticulture

equipments, tourist accommodation, transit visitors camps on non permanent, bus /taxi stands and

parking places,etc subject to the setbacks , FAR ,height & coverage of this zone.

Activities Prohibited:-

Residential use except those ancillary uses permitted in agricultural use, Heavy extensive, noxious,

obnoxious and hazardous industries, any activity which is creating nuisance and is obnoxious in nature.

13.17.9 PROTECTED AND UNDEVELOPABLE USE ZONE(E)

The protective and undevelopable use zone shall be sub divided into

1. Water bodies:E1

2. Protected Forest: E2

3. Green Belt/Buffer: E3

4. Undevelopable use zone: E4

1. Water bodies

(a) Activities Permitted

Rivers, Khads,Nallahs, Streams, water spring, Ponds, lakes, Reservoir, Water Catchment Area.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Page 154: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 1

Fisheries, boating, water theme parks, water sports, lagoons, any other use/activity incidental to

Water Bodies Use is permitted.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

Use/activity not specifically related to Water Bodies Use not permitted herein. All uses not specifically

permitted above.

2. Protected Forest: (a) Activities Permitted:-

Agro and Social forestry, Felling or removing trees or timber or other forest-produce from such forests

for their own use for the purposes of trade.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Cutting, sawing and conversion, Removal of trees and timber, Collection, manufacture and removal of

forest-produce, from protected forests.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

Any kind of development residential, industrial or commercial, Quarrying of stone, Burning of lime or

charcoal, Collection or subjection to any manufacturing process, or removal of, any forest-produce in

any such forest, Breaking up or clearing for cultivation, for building, for herding cattle or for any other

purpose, of any land in any such forest.

3. Green Belt/Buffer:-

(a) Activities Permitted:-

Afforestation, erosion checking measures, landscaping for tourism and public utilities such as lines of

movement, water pump-houses, sewerage plants ,solid waste management plants, roads/path,

ghats,parks, cremation shelter.

(b) Activities Prohibited:-

No construction activities shall be allowed with in the green belt i.e. 25m/10m/5m from the

river/khad/nallah respectively except above permitted activities.

4. Undevelopable use zone:

Undevelopable use zone shall be identified as all earthquake/landslide prone, cliffs and

environmentally hazardous area, areas adjacent to fault lines, areas with slope higher than 45

degree(NBC), flood plain and other areas identified by State Disaster Management Authority/

competent authority and all the environmentally sensitive areas.

(a) Activities Permitted:-

Afforestation.

(b) Activities Restricted-That may be permitted on special grounds by Director:-

Quarrying of gravel, sand, clay or stone, Check dam to store water after clearance from the authority,

Special outdoor recreations.

(c) Activities Prohibited:-

All uses not specifically permitted above.

Page 155: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 2

13.17.10 ABADI DEH

Unless otherwise specified under all the above regulations no planning permission shall be required

for village “Abadi Deh” as defined in the revenue construction in AbadiDeh area shall continue to be

covered/governed as per existing conventions. Changes of landuse for development in this zone, other

than a farm house can be permitted only exceptional case subject to following conditions.

A simple application shall be submitted to the Director for construction of two storeys structures with

two metres setbacks on all sides for self-employment activities e.g. Shop Atta Chakki, Poultry Farm,

Dairy, Godowns and small scale industry promoting agriculture. The application shall contain the

following description:-

1. Name and Father's name of the applicant alongwith correspondence and permanent

address.

2. Description of land and activity proposed.

3. A location/Site plan describing the exact location of the site (with or without scale)

4. Line plan of the proposed construction (Scale 1:100). However, each of such application shall

be accompanied with a recommendation of the Pradhan of the area that the proposed

activity/construction is not going to cause any nuisance and that there is a proper approach

path existing or proposed by the applicant.

Note: - These regulations of Chapter 13 of Development Plan shall be applicable in the entire planning area, the detail of which is shown in Table 13.2.

Page 156: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 3

14. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

14.1 Planning Perspective

The Development Plan contains provision for a projected population of 26,048 people which is

anticipated to reside in Ghumarwin Planning Area by the end of year 2035 through period of 20 years. The total area of Ghumarwin Planning Area is 1303.77 hectares. The 36.26 hectares of land is covered

under DPF and Dense Forest and 43.49 hectares under Water Bodies which has been retained as such

while 11.08 hectares of land has steep slope i.e., slope between 30°and 45°and 0.31 hectares land is

undevelopable i.e., slope more than 45°. An acute shortage of funds for acquisition of land for public

purposes is a great challenge to the administration to ensure a sustainable integrated development

pattern. It has, therefore, been proposed to adopt a people's participatory approach for an optimum

accomplishment. It will only be possible with the joint efforts of Municipal Council and the Gram

Panchayats included in the Ghumarwin Planning Area and the Department of Town and Country

Planning, which is nodal agency for planning in the State.

Though the phasing, costing and implementation of Development Plan is to be contemplated by

integrating it as part of Five Year Plans and keeping in view development priorities to meet needs of

growing population, yet in view of socio-economic dynamics likely to persist after the course of five

years on one hand and in consonance with the national policy of preparation of rolling plans on the

other. The programme for implementation of each successive phase has to be worked out in view of

reviewing at interval of 5 years’ time frame i.e. after each phase. For implementation of Development

Plan, services land needs to be developed in view of planning provisions to the channelise growth of

the town according to the Development Plan. In implementation of this Development Plan,

Ghumarwin Municipal Council and Gram Panchayats are proposed to play an instrumental role for

bulk services, however, the State Govt. has to make allocation either to the Department of Town and

Country Planning or to Infrastructural Departments.

14.2 Phasing

The Development Plan is a regulatory instrument to guide the development through 20 years. Since it

is not possible to clearly foresee the entire scenario with reference to the financial aspects that is likely

to emerge over such a long period. Hence, the Development Plan is considered to be a long-term

policy document which is to serve as a guide for development and must be reviewed after every five

years to incorporate all the changes on priorities. The first phase is very important as it gives lead to

the development pattern that is to be followed in subsequent phases.

To implement the proposals made in previous chapter in a phased manner, following phases have

been proposed: -

Phase I 2016-2020

Phase II 2021-2025

Phase III 2026-2030

Phase IV 2031-2035

Details of activities to be undertaken in each phase is given in the table below: -

Page 157: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 4

Table 14-1Phasing of Planning Proposals

Sl. No. Activities/Use Phase I 2016-20

Phase II 2021-25

Phase III 2026-30

Phase IV 2031-35

1 Commercial

a Hotels and Restaurants along 4-lane Expressway

b Service Sector Repair shops

c Community Centre

d Local shops and Shopping Centre

e Showrooms along the National Highway

2 Industrial

a Handicraft Industries

b Agro-processing Industries

c SMSE Industries

d Bio-Technology Park

e Research and Development

3 Traffic & Transportation

a Widening of NH-103 within the town to 24m ROW

b Widening of SH Road till Kothi to 12m ROW

c Construction of new 18m ROW roads between NH-

103 and Proposed 4-lane

d Construction of new 26m ROW Bye-pass road

between Bhager and Karli

e Widening of existing6m ROW roads between NH-

103 and Proposed 4-lane to 12m ROW

f Widening of Dakri village Road to 12 ROW

g Widening of exiting road atIPH Chowk to Kalyana to 12 ROW

h Widening of village roads to 6m ROW

i Junction Improvements at various places

j Truck Terminal at Bhager along NH-103

h New Bus Terminal at IPH Chowk,Dakri along SH

K Relocation of Taxi stand near new Bus Stand

L Parking at strategic locations

m Construction of new road from vetenary hospital to IPH chowk road

n Construction of new 15m ROW Bye-pass road

between Patta to Awdhani

4 Tourism

a Adventure Tourism at Seer Khad

b Light and sound show

c Development of other social culturesites

5 Facilities

a Nursery Schools

b Dispensary and Health Sub-Centre

c Nursing Home and Family Welfare Centre

d Hospital

e Sub Post Office

f Police Post

g Fire Station

h Banquet Hall

i Community Welfare Centre

6 Recreational Spaces

a City Park

Page 158: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 5

Sl. No. Activities/Use Phase I 2016-20

Phase II 2021-25

Phase III 2026-30

Phase IV 2031-35

b Recreational Activities

c Neighbourhood Park and Playground

7 Residential

a Residential Sectoral Development

8 Infrastructure

a Water supply

b Sewerage

c Strom water drains

d Solid Waste Management

e Power and Telecommunication

9 Agricultural

a Horticultural

14.3 Costing

The Plan envisages that the residential development is to be ensured by the landowners by sub-divisions, Municipal Council and Gram Panchayats through mechanism of 'Land Pooling and

Reconstitution'. In case the "Land Pooling and Reconstitution" mechanism does not succeed, the land

has to be acquired for implementation of the Development PlanRoads with width 6.00 metres and

less are to be developed by Municipal Council and Gram Panchayat by raising funds from the

beneficiaries. Roads with a width of 9.00 metres, 12.00 metres and 15.00 metres are to be

implemented by the PWD by raising development charges through implementation and realization of

remunerative uses in the activity zones. However, the cost of arterial roads (18.00 metres), bulk water

and electric supply is to be borne by obtaining funds through plan allocation from the State

Government and the same is to be realized subsequently from the beneficiaries.

The cost of various infrastructure projects envisaged in the Development Plan accounts to about

401.41 crore. Apart from that, widening of NH-103 within the town to 24m RoW is also proposed,

which has been estimated at Rs. 230.23 crore.

This includes-

1. Construction of new roads and road widening on proposed roads.Construction of storm-water

drains along the roads.

2. Construction of Water Treatment Plant and laying of water supply distribution network.

3. Construction of Sewerage Treatment Plant and laying of sewer network.

4. Augmentation of existing electric sub-station and laying of over-head electrical lines.

5. Street-lighting and telecommunication networking.

6. Solid waste management. Table 14-2: Summary of Infrastructure Cost

S. No. Description Unit Rate Total

Quantity Total Amount

1 ROADS AND PATHWAY

1A Area development including filling provision up to 1m

Acre 6,54,395 3.707 24,25,565

SUB HEAD TOTAL 24,25,565

2 ROADS AND PATHWAY

2A Asphalt Carriage Way Sqm 3,300 319655 1,05,48,61,500

Page 159: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 3 6

S. No. Description Unit Rate Total

Quantity Total Amount

300mm GSB, 250mm WMM, 100mm DBM, 40mm BC

2B Minor Bridges (RCC) Sqm 80,000 60 48,00,000

SUB HEAD TOTAL 1,05,48,61,500

3 STORM WATER DRAINAGE

3A Rectangular Drains (RCC) Meter 21,000 87460 1,83,66,60,000

3B Culverts (RCC) Big Meter 70,00,000 4.00 2,80,00,000

3C Box Culverts (RCC) Road Crossings Each 20,000 160 32,00,000

SUB HEAD TOTAL 1,86,78,60,000

4 WATER SUPPLY

4A Potable Water Supply Distribution Network

HDPE PE80 <300mmdia, 300mm>DI Pipes, S&S K-7

Meter 3,500 49460 17,31,11,050

4B WTP MLD 3,00,00,000 1.00 3,00,00,000

SUB HEAD TOTAL 20,31,11,050

5 SEWERAGE

5A Waste Water network

RCC NP-3 internal lined pipes

Meter 5,750 41622 23,93,24,833

5B STP MLD 3,50,00,000 3.20 11,20,00,000

SUB HEAD TOTAL 35,13,24,833

6 Solid Waste Management TPD 3,00,000 30.00 90,00,000

7 Power

7A Construction of New 33/11kV Substation L.S 3,86,29,450 1.00 3,86,29,450

7B 11kV OH Network (renovation, modernization &

upgradation) KM

3,81,145 10.00 38,11,450

7C New 11kV OH Network KM 6,02,557 13.09 78,86,266

7D L.V Network with Pole mounted Distribution

Transformers KM

9,18,298 11.54 1,06,00,832

7E Street lighting on the New Road Lighting Pole KM 5,00,000 16.36 81,80,000

7F Street lighting on the existing OH Infrastructure KM 2,25,000 33.26 74,83,500

SUB HEAD TOTAL 7,65,91,498

8 Telecommunications

8A Telecommunications / Data Network Conduiting KM 2,50,000 30.70 76,74,500

SUB HEAD TOTAL 76,74,500

TOTAL 3,57,28,48,945

Add for Misc. & unforeseen items 17,86,42,447

Escalation (per annum) 26,26,04,397

TOTAL (cost as on 2016) 4,01,40,95,790

Table 14-3: Summary of Cost of Widening of NH- 103

S. No. Description Unit Rate Total Quantity

Total Amount

1 ROADS AND PATHWAY

1A Widening of NH-103 within the town to 24m ROW

As per NHAI Standard and Specification

KM 4,00,00,000 26.74 1,06,96,00,000

SUB HEAD TOTAL 1,06,96,00,000

2 STORM WATER DRAINAGE

2A Construction of drain along NH-103

As per NHAI Standard and Specification

Meter 21,000 53480 1,12,30,80,000

SUB HEAD TOTAL 1,12,30,80,000

TOTAL 2,19,26,80,000

Add for Misc. & unforeseen items 10,96,34,000

TOTAL (cost as on 2016) 2,30,23,14,000

Page 160: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

DE

VE

LO

PM

EN

T P

LA

N -

20

35

GH

UM

AR

WIN

PL

AN

NIN

G A

RE

A

To

wn

an

d C

ou

nt

ry

Pla

nn

ing

De

pa

rtm

en

t,

H

ima

ch

al

Pr

ad

es

h

Pa

ge

| 1

37

The

ph

ase

wis

e co

stin

g fo

r th

e in

fras

tru

ctu

ral w

ork

is p

rese

nte

d in

th

e ta

ble

bel

ow

.

Tab

le 1

4-4

: P

has

e-w

ise

Co

stin

gof

De

velo

pm

en

t

S.N

o.

De

scri

pti

on

U

nit

P

H-1

: 2

01

6-2

02

0

PH

-2: 2

02

1-2

02

5

PH

-3: 2

02

6-2

03

0

PH

-4: 2

03

1-2

03

5

Tota

l Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

1

SITE

DEV

ELO

PM

ENT

1A

A

rea

dev

elo

pm

en

t in

clu

din

g fi

llin

g p

rovi

sio

n u

p t

o 1

m

Acr

e

3.7

07

2

4,2

5,5

65

2

4,2

5,5

65

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

24

,25

,56

5

24

,25

,56

5

2

RO

AD

S &

PA

TH

WA

Y

2A

A

sph

alt

Car

riag

e W

ay

30

0m

m G

SB, 2

50

mm

WM

M, 1

00

mm

DB

M,

40

mm

BC

Sqm

1

51

93

5

50

,13

,85

,50

0 1

13

05

0

37

,30

,65

,00

0

54

67

0

18

,04

,11

,00

0 1

,05

,48

,61

,50

0

2B

M

ino

r B

rid

ges

(RC

C)

Sqm

6

0

48

,00

,00

0

48

,00

,00

0

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

50

,13

,85

,50

0

3

7,3

0,6

5,0

00

18

,04

,11

,00

0

1,0

5,4

8,6

1,5

00

3

STO

RM

WA

TER

DR

AIN

AG

E

3A

R

ecta

ngu

lar

Dra

ins

(RC

C)

Met

er

37

76

0

79

,29

,60

,00

0 2

86

20

6

0,1

0,2

0,0

00

2

10

80

4

4,2

6,8

0,0

00

1,8

3,6

6,6

0,0

00

3B

C

ulv

erts

(R

CC

) B

ig

Met

er

1.0

0

70

,00

,00

0

1

70

,00

,00

0

1

70

,00

,00

0

1

70

,00

,00

0

2,8

0,0

0,0

00

3C

B

ox

Cu

lver

ts (

RC

C)

Ro

ad C

ross

ings

Ea

ch

76

1

5,2

0,0

00

5

7

11

,40

,00

0

27

5

,40

,00

0

32

,00

,00

0

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

70

,00

,00

0

8

0,1

4,8

0,0

00

60

,91

,60

,00

0

4

5,0

2,2

0,0

00

1

,86

,78

,60

,00

0

4

WA

TER

SU

PP

LY

4A

P

ota

ble

W

ater

Su

pp

ly

Dis

trib

uti

on

N

etw

ork

H

DP

E P

E80

<3

00

mm

dia

, 30

0m

m>D

I Pip

es,

S&S

K-7

Met

er

19

57

2

6,8

5,0

3,0

50

15

22

3

5,3

2,8

0,1

50

65

24

2

,28

,34

,35

0 2

17

5

76

,12

,50

0

15

,22

,30

,05

0

4B

W

TP

MLD

5

.00

1

5,0

0,0

0,0

00

2.0

6

6,1

8,0

0,0

00

21

,18

,00

,00

0

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

21

,85

,03

,05

0

5

,32

,80

,15

0

8

,46

,34

,35

0

7

6,1

2,5

00

3

6,4

0,3

0,0

50

5

SEW

ERA

GE

5A

W

aste

Wat

er n

etw

ork

RC

C N

P-3

in

tern

al

line

d p

ipes

Met

er

18

82

9

10

,82

,65

,65

8 1

46

45

8

,42

,06

,62

3 6

27

6

3,6

0,8

8,5

53

18

72

1

,07

,64

,00

0 2

3,9

3,2

4,8

33

5B

ST

P

MLD

2

.20

7

,70

,00

,00

0

1

3

,50

,00

,00

0

1

1,2

0,0

0,0

00

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

18

,52

,65

,65

8

8

,42

,06

,62

3

7

,10

,88

,55

3

1

,07

,64

,00

0

35

,13

,24

,83

3

6

Solid

Was

te M

anag

em

en

t TP

D

30

.00

9

0,0

0,0

00

9

0,0

0,0

00

7

Po

we

r an

d T

ele

com

mu

nic

atio

ns

7A

C

on

stru

ctio

n o

f N

ew 3

3/1

1kV

Su

bst

atio

n

No

s.

1

3,8

6,2

9,4

50

3,8

6,2

9,4

50

Page 161: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

DE

VE

LO

PM

EN

T P

LA

N -

20

35

GH

UM

AR

WIN

PL

AN

NIN

G A

RE

A

To

wn

an

d C

ou

nt

ry

Pla

nn

ing

De

pa

rtm

en

t,

H

ima

ch

al

Pr

ad

es

h

Pa

ge

| 1

38

S.N

o.

De

scri

pti

on

U

nit

P

H-1

: 2

01

6-2

02

0

PH

-2: 2

02

1-2

02

5

PH

-3: 2

02

6-2

03

0

PH

-4: 2

03

1-2

03

5

Tota

l Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

7B

1

1kV

O

H

Net

wo

rk

(ren

ova

tio

n,

mo

der

niz

atio

n &

up

grad

atio

n)

KM

7

.00

2

6,6

8,0

15

3

1

1,4

3,4

35

3

8,1

1,4

50

7C

N

ew 1

1kV

OH

Net

wo

rk

KM

5

.57

6

33

,59

,85

8

5.4

8

33

,02

,01

2

2.0

32

1

2,2

4,3

96

7

8,8

6,2

66

7D

L.

V

Net

wo

rk

wit

h

Po

le

mo

un

ted

Dis

trib

uti

on

Tra

nsf

orm

ers

KM

3

.50

3

2,1

4,0

43

4

.29

3

9,3

7,6

62

2

.74

2

5,1

6,1

37

1

.02

9

,32

,99

1

1,0

6,0

0,8

32

7E

Stre

et

ligh

tin

g o

n t

he

New

Ro

ad L

igh

tin

g P

ole

K

M

6.9

7

34

,85

,00

0

6.8

5

34

,25

,00

0

2.5

4

12

,70

,00

0

81

,80

,00

0

7F

Stre

et

ligh

tin

g o

n

the

exi

stin

g O

H

Infr

astr

uct

ure

K

M

12

.00

2

7,0

0,0

00

2

1

46

,46

,25

0

0.5

1

,19

,25

0

0.1

1

8,0

00

7

4,8

3,5

00

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

85

,82

,05

8

5

,52

,01

,65

5

9

3,6

2,3

99

34

,45

,38

7

7,6

5,9

1,4

98

8

Tele

com

mu

nic

atio

ns

/ D

ata

Ne

two

rk

Co

nd

uit

ing

KM

7

.20

1

8,0

0,0

00

1

6.5

7

41

,43

,00

0

4.3

9

10

,96

,50

0

3

6,3

5,0

00

7

6,7

4,5

00

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

18

,00

,00

0

4

1,4

3,0

00

10

,96

,50

0

6

,35

,00

0

76

,74

,50

0

TO

TAL

2

9,8

7,5

2,2

16

1,5

0,9

8,1

5,4

92

1,1

1,1

1,9

3,3

51

65

,30

,87

,88

7

3,5

7,2

8,4

8,9

45

A

dd

fo

r M

isc.

& u

nfo

rese

en

item

s

1

,49

,37

,61

1

7,5

4,9

0,7

75

5

,55

,59

,66

8

3,2

6,5

4,3

94

17

,86

,42

,44

7

Es

cala

tio

n (p

er a

nn

um

)

2

,19

,58

,28

8

11

,09

,71

,43

9

8,1

6,7

2,7

11

4

,80

,01

,96

0 2

6,2

6,0

4,3

97

TO

TAL

(co

st a

s o

n 2

01

6)

33

,56

,48

,11

4

1

,69

,62

,77

,70

5

1

,24

,84

,25

,73

0

7

3,3

7,4

4,2

41

4

,01

,40

,95

,79

0

Tab

le 1

4-5

: P

has

e-w

ise

Co

stin

g o

f W

ide

nin

g o

f N

H-1

03

S.N

o.

De

scri

pti

on

U

nit

P

H-1

: 2

01

6-2

02

0

PH

-2: 2

02

1-2

02

5

PH

-3: 2

02

6-2

03

0

PH

-4: 2

03

1-2

03

5

Tota

l Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

1

RO

AD

S &

PA

TH

WA

Y

1A

W

iden

ing

of

NH

-10

3 w

ith

in t

he

to

wn

to

24

m R

OW

A

s p

er

NH

AI S

tan

dar

d &

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

Sqm

1

2.0

0

48

,00

,00

,00

0 1

4.7

4

58

,96

,00

,00

0

1

,06

,96

,00

,00

0

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

48

,00

,00

,00

0

5

8,9

6,0

0,0

00

1

,06

,96

,00

,00

0

2

STO

RM

WA

TER

DR

AIN

AG

E

2A

C

on

stru

ctio

n o

f d

rain

alo

ng

NH

-10

3

As

pe

r N

HA

I Sta

nd

ard

& S

pec

ific

atio

n

Met

er

24

00

0

50

,40

,00

,00

0 2

94

80

6

1,9

0,8

0,0

00

1,1

2,3

0,8

0,0

00

SU

B H

EAD

TO

TAL

50

,40

,00

,00

0

6

1,9

0,8

0,0

00

1

,12

,30

,80

,00

0

TO

TAL

9

8,4

0,0

0,0

00

1,2

0,8

6,8

0,0

00

2

,19

,26

,80

,00

0

A

dd

fo

r M

isc.

& u

nfo

rese

en it

ems

4,9

2,0

0,0

00

6

,04

,34

,00

0

1

0,9

6,3

4,0

00

Page 162: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

DE

VE

LO

PM

EN

T P

LA

N -

20

35

GH

UM

AR

WIN

PL

AN

NIN

G A

RE

A

To

wn

an

d C

ou

nt

ry

Pla

nn

ing

De

pa

rtm

en

t,

H

ima

ch

al

Pr

ad

es

h

Pa

ge

| 1

39

S.N

o.

De

scri

pti

on

U

nit

P

H-1

: 2

01

6-2

02

0

PH

-2: 2

02

1-2

02

5

PH

-3: 2

02

6-2

03

0

PH

-4: 2

03

1-2

03

5

Tota

l Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

Qn

ty

Am

ou

nt

TO

TAL

(co

st a

s o

n 2

01

6)

1,0

3,3

2,0

0,0

00

1,2

6,9

1,1

4,0

00

2

,30

,23

,14

,00

0

Page 163: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 4 0

14.4 Financing

The cost of residential development including road network, sewerage, drainage, electrification,

parks, open spaces, parking, local convenient shopping etc., is to be borne by the land owners either

themselves in respect of their land holdings or by way of land pooling and reconstitution mechanism

in respect of small irregular holdings of different owners. The benefits likely to occur by way of sale of

plots by virtue of enhancement of land values due to planned efforts would be more than sufficient

to meet with the cost of development, on the basis of demarcation of plots in view of duly approved

sub-division land pooling and reconstitution scheme by the Director, Town and Country Planning

Department, Himachal Pradesh. The land owner may get advance from the likely purchasers for

development purposes.

The Wholesale-cum-Sabzi Mandi complex is to be developed by the HP Marketing Committee.

The Truck parking in vicinity of the proposed Mandi is to bedeveloped by the Municipal Council /PWD

by raising funds from the beneficiaries in due course of time, by charged parking.

The HP Department of Industries/HP State Industrial Development Corporation will be responsible for

development of industrial area.

Similarly, the respective Departments/ Government undertaking by raising resources from the

beneficiaries will be responsible for development of utilities, facilities and services including water

supply, sewerage, drainage, electrification, telephone etc. at the town level.

The Government and Semi-Govt. offices are to be developed by the respective Departments either by

raising their own resources or by obtaining funds from the Government.

Town and sector level parks may be developed by the Municipal Council and Gram Panchayat by

arranging land for the purpose.

14.5 Implementation

Besides landowners, Municipal Council and Gram Panchayats shall be responsible for creation of

serviced land. However, overall control on implementation of proposals of Development Plan in terms

of landuse, zoning and sub-division regulations shall vest with the Director, Town and Country

Planning Department, Himachal Pradesh. To assess achievements of each phase and to orient the

Development Plan according to changing needs as well as to cater for unforeseen factors, it is

envisaged to review this Plan after the completion of period of each phase.

In order to ensure inter-departmental coordination, a committee under the chairmanship of SDM,

Ghumarwin is hereby recommended. It shall have following members:

1. S.D.M, Ghumarwin, Chairman

2. Tehsildar, Ghumarwin

3. Assistant. Engineer (B&R), H.P.PWD, Ghumarwin

4. Assistant Engineer (I&PH), Ghumarwin

5. AssistantEngineer (HPSEB), Ghumarwin

6. Range Officer, Ghumarwin 7. Executive Officer, Municipal Council, Ghumarwin 8. Pradhans, Gram Panchayats in GhumarwinPlanning Area

9. Three Key NGO’s or public representatives

Page 164: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 4 1

10. Planning Officer, TCPD, Ghumarwin

The Committee may meet at least twice in a year and devise ways and means to ensure

implementation of DevelopmentPlan proposals.

Page 165: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 4 2

15. BIBLIOGRAPHY

J Hutchison & J Ph Vogel, History of the Panjab Hill States, Low Price Publication, 2008.

Bhagat, B.B., Das, K.C., 2008, Levels, Trends and Structure of Workforce in India: Census Based Study

1981-2001, International Institute of Population Sciences, Mumbai.

Central Ground Water Board, Ground Water Information Booklet, Bilaspur District, Himachal Pradesh,

September 2013, Series-E, Northern Himalayan Region, Dharamshala, Ministry of Water Resources,

Government of India.

Central Pollution Control Board, Ambient Air Quality Standards, Government of India, available at

http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php

Department of Economics & Statistics, Economic Survey of Himachal Pradesh, 1995 1999-00, 2005-06

& 2014, Government of Himachal Pradesh.

Department of School Education & Literacy, School Location Mapping, Ministry of Human Resource

Development, Government of India, available at http://schoolgis.nic.in/index.html

District Industry Center, Bilaspur District, Government of Himachal Pradesh.

Forest Department, Himachal Pradesh Forest Statistics, 2013, Government of Himachal Pradesh,

available at http://hpforest.nic.in/files/HP%20Forest%20Statistics2013.pdf

Government of Himachal Pradesh, Fact File: General Parameters, Official Website of Bilaspur District

available at http://hpmandi.nic.in/factfile.htm

Government of Himachal Pradesh, Weather Information, The Official Website of Himachal Pradesh,

available athttp://himachal.nic.in/weather.php?lang=1&dpt_id=17&level=0&lid=1947&linkid=709

Government of India, 2012, District Disaster Management Plan: District Bilaspur, Himachal Pradesh,

the Government of India-UNDP Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) Programme (2009-12), UNDP.

Government of India, Open Government Data (OGD) Platform India, 1951-2001, available at

https://data.gov.in/catalogs/ministry_department/india-meteorological-department-imd

Government of India, Water Quality Assessment Authority, accessed on 16th April, 2016, available at

http://wqaa.gov.in/Content/History.aspx

Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board, Air Quality Data, 2013-15, Government of Himachal

Pradesh, available at http://hppcb.nic.in/airquality/

Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board, Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report &

Environment Management Plan, n.d., Vardan Environet, Gurgaon, Haryana, available at

http://hppcb.nic.in/Luxmisceia.pdf

http://www.sanctuaryasia.com/resources/ngo-profiles/5974-wildlife-conservation-trust-wct-

mumbai.html

IITK--BMTPC “Earthquake Tips: Learning Seismic Design and Construction”, National Information

Centre of Earthquake Engineering, IIT Kanpur, India seen on 16th June 2016.

Khanna, G, 2015, Transit Networks and Regional Development in India, University of Michigan,

available at http://www.ideasforindia.in/article.aspx?article_id=430 , accessed on 29th August, 2016.

Page 166: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country

D E V E L O P M E N T P L A N - 2 0 3 5 G H U M A R W I N P L A N N I N G A R E A

T o w n a n d C o u n t r y P l a n n i n g D e p a r t m e n t , H i m a c h a l P r a d e s h

P a g e | 1 4 3

Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, Brief Industrial Profile of Bilaspur District, 2011-12,

Government of India.

Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, 2012, Working Group on Roads for the National Transport

Development Policy Committee: Final Report, Government of India, New Delhi

Ministry of Urban Development, “Regional Plan-2021: National Capital Region”, Government of India,

p. 125-128.

Ministry of Urban Development, Central Public Health & Environmental Engineering Organisation

Norms & Standards Government of India.

Ministry of Urban Development, The Constitution (Seventy-Fourth Amendment) Act, 1992

Background, accessed on 20/06/2016, Government of India, available at

http://moud.gov.in/legislation/constiution

Ministry of Urban Development, Urban & Regional Development Plans Formulation and

Implementation (URDPFI) Guidelines, January 2015, Government of India.

National Disaster Management Authority, Incident Response System, July 2010, Government of India.

National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP), Ministry of Drinking Water & Sanitation

(MoDWS), Government of India.

Office of Registrar General & Census Commissioner (ORGI), District Census Handbook, Bilaspur District,

2014-15, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.

Office of Registrar General & Census Commissioner (ORGI), General Population Tables, Bilaspur

District, 1991, 2001 & 2011, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.

Office of Registrar General & Census Commissioner (ORGI), Primary Census Abstract, Bilaspur District,

Table HH-4, H-4, 2011, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.

Office of the Registrar General & Census Commissioner (ORGI), 2011, Meta Data, Census of India 2011,

Office of the Registrar General & Census Commissioner, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of

India, p.6-7.

Office of the Registrar General & Census Commissioner (ORGI), 2011, Metadata on Houselisting &

Housing Census, Census of India 2011, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, p.5-6.

PHD Chamber, 2012, Tourism in Himachal Pradesh and the way ahead, KPMG Network, p.6. Available

at http://www.kpmg.com/IN/en/IssuesAndInsights/ThoughtLeadership/Tourism-in-himachal-

pradesh.pdf

Sinha, RS, 2013, Urban Forestry: Urbanisation and Greening of Indian Cities- Efforts for Green Delhi,

Department of AYUSH, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Govt. of India, available at

http://www.teriuniversity.ac.in/mct/pdf/assignment/Rama-Shankar-Sinha.pdf , accessed on 29th August,

2016.

World Health Organization, 2007, Risk reduction and emergency preparedness: WHO six-year strategy

for the health sector and community capacity development, WHO Document Production Services,

Geneva, Switzerland p.9. Available at

http://www.who.int/hac/techguidance/preparedness/emergency_preparedness_eng.pdf

Page 167: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 168: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 169: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 170: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 171: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 172: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 173: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 174: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 175: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 176: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 177: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 178: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 179: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 180: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 181: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 182: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 183: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country
Page 184: DEVELOPMENT PLANtcp.hp.gov.in/Application/uploadDocuments/devlopmentPlan/...DEVELOPMENT PLAN GHUMARWIN PLANNING AREA BILASPUR DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH Prepared by: Town and Country